Workshop manual

Single drum roller

ASC 70
ASC 90
ASC 100
ASC 110
ASC 130
ASC 150
ASC 200
ASC 250
 ASC 70, ASC 90, ASC 100, ASC 110,
ASC 130, ASC 150, ASC 200, ASC 250
Single drum roller
Cummins Tier 1 - 3

Workshop manual

Edition 05/2010 EN
 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Preface
Information, specifications, and recommended instructions for the assembly and disassembly of individual
components and parts of the machine contained in this publication are basic and final information at the time
of the printing of this publication. Printer’s errors, technical modifications, and modifications of figures are
reserved. All dimensions and weights are approximate and, therefore, not binding.
Ammann Czech Republic a.s. reserves the right to perform modifications without obligation to inform the
machine user. If you identify any differences between the machine operated by you and the information con-
tained in this publication, contact your local dealer.
Reproduction or copying of any kind is prohibited without the written permission of Ammann Czech Republic
a.s.

Ammann Czech Republic a.s. | Náchodská 145 | CZ–549 01 Nové Město nad Metují

% + 420 491 476 111 | Fax + 420 491 470 215 | info@ammann-group.com | www.ammann-group.com

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 1

2 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
Contents WORKSHOP MANUAL
Contents........................................................................................................................................................3

1. Introduction.......................................................................................................................................5

2. Safety precautions ..........................................................................................................................9

3. Repair safety instructions..........................................................................................................37

4. A summary of applications..........................................................................................................43

5. Description of the machine.........................................................................................................47

6. Removing the engine.......................................................................................................................61

7. Drum removal...................................................................................................................................81

8. Articulated joint..........................................................................................................................115

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch.............................................................................................129

10. Steering cylinders........................................................................................................................139

11. Controls...........................................................................................................................................143

12. The driver‘s station assembly...................................................................................................147

13. Disassembly of heater.................................................................................................................153

14. Electrical installation..............................................................................................................163

15. Removal of ROPS frame................................................................................................................183

16. Assembly of segments..................................................................................................................187

17. Disassembly of wheel...................................................................................................................199

18. Removal of hydraulic motors.................................................................................................203

19. Replacing pressure filter of hydraulics.............................................................................211

20. Filling hydraulic oil....................................................................................................................215

21. Disassembly of level gauge.......................................................................................................219

22. Disassembly of the floater........................................................................................................223

23. Electrical schemata.....................................................................................................................227

24. Hydraulic..........................................................................................................................................299

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects...........................................................................339

26. Check the tightening of bolted connections....................................................................353

27. Hand Signals...................................................................................................................................357

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 3

4 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

1. Introduction

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 5

1. Introduction
This Service Manual splits into separate chapters, it includes technical data and assembly data, adjusting
guidelines, and instructions to use special tools, jigs and aids.
The major purpose of this Workshop Manual is to provide basic information on disassembly, assembly and
service repairs of the Machine’s main groups.
Machine group identification in this Manual corresponds to the Spare Parts Catalogue.
Before the assembly, itself, we recommend to always mark the parts disassembled, and this due their reas-
sembly, and to blind all the holes of individual parts of the hydraulic system so to prevent any contamination
of the hydraulic circuits.
When you install individual parts into the Machine, please tighten individual bolts or nuts as per the torque
tables (Annex) unless otherwise stated in the text.
ALWAYS observe safety instructions and precautions mentioned in Chapter 2.
Manufacturer improves continuously his products based on operation experience and latest knowledge.
Consequently, Manufacturer reserves the possibility of changes depending on development, and this against
the illustrations, descriptions, procedures or design patterns given in this Manual.

The roller should be used under conditions defined in the Czech Standard (CSN) IEC 721-2-1 (038900): WT, WDr, MWDr, i. e. in mild, dry
warm and dry hot weather in the range of temperatures from -15 °C (5 °F) to 45 °C (113 °F).
If the machine is used incorrectly, by untrained operators or for other purpose than stipulated above, there is a danger of an accident
or damage to the equipment.
Some expressions are used in the manual for better orientation, i. e. right, left, forward, backward – in the sense of the machine mov-
ing forward.

6 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

SYMBOLS OF THE SAFETY NOTICES IN THE MANUAL:

The notice warns of a serious risk of personal injury or other personal hazards.

The notice warns of possible damages to the machine or its parts.

The notice warns of the necessity of environmental protection.

! NOTICE !
As used in this operating manual, the terms „right“, „left“, „front“ and „rear“ indicate the sides of
the machine moving forward.

FRONT

LEFT RIGHT

REAR 282N100TA

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 7

8 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

2. Safety precautions

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 9

2. Safety precautions
Generalities
Read the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual care-
fully before starting, operating, maintaining, fuelling or servic-
ing the machine.
Carefully read the explanation to each and all safety signs in the
special section of this Manual before starting, operating, main-
taining, fuelling or servicing the machine.
Machine-mounted safety plates are colour coded yellow with
black borders when they refer to points where special ATTEN-
TION must be paid and failure to observe them may cause a se-
rious DANGER to the integrity of machine operators. They are
white with red borders and black lettering when they refer to a
FORBIDDEN practice.
It is fundamental that all machine operators know very well the
meaning of each safety plate as this considerably decreases op-
erating hazards and accidents.
Do not allow unauthorised personnel to operate or service this
machine.
Do not wear rings, wrist watches, jewellery, loose or hanging
garments, such as ties, torn clothing, scarves, unbuttoned or
unzipped jackets that can get caught in moving parts. Wear cer-
tified safety clothes such as: hard hat, no-slip footwear, heavy
gloves, ear protection, safety glasses , reflector vests, respirators
every time the job requires it. Ask your employer about safety
regulations in force and protective equipment. Always keep the
operator’s compartment, step plates, grab-rails and handles
clean and clear of foreign objects, oil, grease, mud or snow to
minimise the danger of slipping or stumbling. Remove mud or
grease from your shoes before operating the machine.
Do not jump on or off the machine. Always keep both hands and
one foot, or both feet and one hand in contact with steps and/
or grab rails.
Do not use controls or hoses as hand holds. Hoses and controls
are movable parts and do not provide solid support. Besides,
controls may be inadvertently moved and cause unexpected
movement of the machine or its attachments.
Never operate the machine or its attachments from any position
other than sitting in the driver’s seat. Keep head, body, limbs,
hands and feet inside the operator’s compartment at all times
to reduce exposure to external hazards.
Be careful of possible slippery conditions of the steps and hand
rails as well as of the ground around the machine. Wear protec-
tive boots or shoes with the soles made of highly no-slip rub-
ber.
Do not leave the machine until it has come to a complete stop.
Always check height, width and weight limitations which may
be encountered in the working site and ensure the machine
does not exceed them.
Assess exact paths of gas ducts, water mains, telephone lines,
sewers, overhead and underground electric lines and all other
possible obstacles.
Such paths should be opportunely defined by
competent Authorities. If necessary, require that the service is
interrupted or said installations are moved prior to starting the
work.
You must know the working capacity of the machine. Define the
rear upperstructure swing area and provide for opportune bar-
riers to prevent access into it.
10
Starting
Never start or operate a failed machine. Walk all around the
machine before mounting.
Before operating the machine, make sure that any possible dan-
gerous condition has been properly removed. Before starting
machine, check that steering and attachment controls are in
the neutral position and the safety lever is in the LOCK position.
Immediately report any malfunction of parts or systems to the
maintenance managers for proper action.
Prior to starting the engine, check, adjust and lock the driver’s
seat for maximum riding comfort and control accessibility. Prior
to operating the machine and/or its attachments, check that by-
standers are outside the machine operating range. Sound the
horn.
Obey all hand signals, safety indications and signs. Due to the
presence of flammable fluids, never check fuel level, refuel,
charge the batteries or use the starting fluid in the presence of
smoking materials, open flames or sparks.
Ensure that nobody is within operating area before starting the
machine or moving in any direction.
Adjust all rear-view mirrors for maximum visibility of the area
behind the machine.
Ensure that engine speed is appropriate to the job to be carried
out.
If any hydraulic control or system exhibits erratic performance
or responds abnormally, have the machine checked for air in the
system.
Air in these circuits may cause incorrect movements with conse-
quent accident hazard. Refer to the Operation and Maintenance
Instruction Manual about corrective action to be taken.
Operating
Do not run the engine of this machine in closed buildings with-
out proper ventilation capable to remove harmful exhaust gases
which concentrate in the air. Keep the operator’s compartment
free of foreign objects, especially if not firmly secured. Never use
the machine to transport objects, unless proper securing points
are provided.
Do not carry riders on the machine.
Study and familiarise with escape routes alternative to normal
exit routes.
For your personal safety, do not climb on or off the machine
while it is in motion.
Make sure that bystanders are clear of the machine operating
range before starting the engine and operating the attachment.
Sound the horn.
Obey all hand signals, safety indications and signs. When back-
ing, always look to where the machine is to be moved. Be alert
of the position of bystanders. Should someone enter the work
area, stop the machine.
Maintain a safe distance from other machines or obstacles to
ensure required visibility conditions. Always give way to loaded
machines.
Maintain a clear vision of the surroundings of the travel or work
area at all times.
Keep cab windows clean and repaired.
When pulling loads or towing through a cable or chain, do not
start suddenly at full throttle. Take-up slack carefully.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

Avoid kinking or twisting chains or cables.
Carefully inspect cables or chains for flaws or problems before
proceeding.
Do not pull through a kinked chain or cable as the high anoma-
lous stresses existing in this condition may induce failures in the
kinked portion.
Always wear heavy gloves when handling chains or cables.
Chains and cables should be securely anchored using suitable
hooks. Anchor points should be strong enough to withstand the
expected load.
Keep anyone clear of anchor points and cables or chains.
Do not pull or tow unless the operator’s compartments of
the machines involved are properly protected against pos-
sible backlash in case of cable or chain failure or detach-
ment.
Be alert of soft ground conditions close to newly constructed
walls. The fill material and machine weight may cause the wall
to collapse under the machine.
In darkness, check area of operation carefully before moving in
with the machine. Use all lights provided. Do not move into low
visibility areas.
If the engine tends to slow down and stall for whatever reason
under load or at idle, immediately report this problem to the
maintenance managers for proper action. Do not operate the
machine until this condition is corrected.
Regularly check all exhaust system components, as exhaust
fumes are toxic for the operator.
Operators must know the performance of the machine they are
driving.
When working on slopes or near sudden level drops in the ter-
rain, pay attention not to lose adherence and avoid loose soft
ground since overturn or loss of machine control could result.
If noise level is high and exceeds 90 dB(A) over 8 hours at the
operator’s ear, wear approved ear protection in compliance with
local regulations.
Do not operate the machine if you are extremely tired or feel ill.
Be especially careful towards the end of the working shift.
Where removable counterweights are provided, do not operate
the machine if they have been removed.
When operating the machine, keep in mind height limits of over-
head doors, arches, overhead cables and lines as well as width
limits of corridors, roads and narrow passages. Also, get to know
load limits of the ground and paving type of the ramps you are
to work on. Beware of fog, smoke or dust that obscure visibility.
Always inspect the working area to identify potential risks such
as: inclines, overhangs, trees, demolition rubble, fires, ravines,
steep slopes, rough terrain, ditches, crowns, ridge trenches,
diggings in traffic areas, crowded parking lots, crowded service
areas, fenced zones. In such conditions, proceed with extreme
care.
Whenever possible, avoid crossing over obstacles such as very
rough terrain, rocks, logs, steps, ditches, railroad tracks. When
obstructions must be crossed, do so with extreme care and at a
square angle, if possible. Slow down. Ease up to the break-over
point, pass the balance point slowly and ease down the other
side also using the attachment, if necessary.
To overcome deep trenches or sinking ground, place the ma-
chine perpendicular to the obstacle, drastically reduce ground
speed and start crossing using also the attachment if necessary,
only after assessing that ground conditions allow the traverse
safely and without risks.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
WORKSHOP MANUAL
The gradient you may attempt to overcome is limited by factors
such as ground conditions, load being handled, machine type
and speed, and visibility.
There is no substitute for good judgement and experience when
working on slopes.
Avoid operating the attachment too close to an overhang or
high wall, either above or below the machine. Beware of cav-
ing edges, falling objects and landslides. Remember that such
hazards are likely to be concealed by bushes, undergrowth and
such.
Avoid faggots, bushes, logs and rocks. Never drive over them,
nor over any other surface irregularities that discontinue adher-
ence or traction with the ground, especially near slopes or drop-
offs.
Be alert to avoid changes in adherence conditions that could
cause loss of control.
Work with extreme care on ice or frozen ground and on
stepped slopes or near drop-offs.
Never use the machine as a work platform or scaffolding. The
machine must not be improperly used for works not consistent
with its features (such as pushing railway cars, trucks or other
machines). Always pay attention to people within the machine
operating range.
Ground speed should be adequate to ground condi¬tions.
- Nobody should be allowed to stand within the machine op-
erating range for any reason whatever. Never exceed specified
loading capacity. Incorrect fastening of slings or chains may
cause boom/arm failure or failure of the lifting means with con-
sequent bodily injuries and even death.
Always ensure that slings and chains used for lifting are ad-
equate to the load and in good condition.
All features capacities are referred to the machine on a
level surface and should be disregarded when working on
a slope.
Avoid travelling across slopes. Proceed from uphill downhill and
vice-versa.
Working on slopes is dangerous. Grade the working area if pos-
sible. Reduce work cycle time if it is not possible to grade the
working area.
We recommend to work on slopes after checking machine sta-
bility.
Properly judge ground conditions with particular attention to
consistency of the area you are going to work on.
Keep the machine sufficiently far from the ditch edge. Do not
swing the upperstructure, raise the load or brake abruptly if not
required. This may cause accidents.
Prior to beginning the work near gas distribution mains or other
public utilities:
- Contact the company owner of the gas mains or its nearest
branch before starting the work. Look up the number in the tel-
ephone directory.
- Define together which precautions should be taken to guaran-
tee work safety.
- Decrease work speed. Reaction time could be too slow and dis-
tance evaluation wrong.
- When working near gas mains or other public utilities instal-
lations, appoint a person in charge of signalling duties. This
person will have the responsibility of observing the machine,
any part of it and/or the load approaching the gas mains from
a standpoint more favourable than the Operator’s. This signal
11
2. Safety precautions
man (flagman) must be in direct communication with the Op-
erator and the Operator must pay undivided attention to the
signals supplied.
- The gas distributing Company, if previously advised and in-
volved in the work, as well as machine Operator, Owner and/
or any natural person or legal entity having rent or leased the
machine or being responsible at the time by contract or by law,
are liable for the adoption of the necessary precautions.
Working near electric lines can be very dangerous, therefore
some special precautions must be observed. Within this Manual,
„work near electric lines“ means when the attachment (in any
position) may reach the minimum safety distance established
by local or international Safety Regulations.
To work without risks, keep maximum possible distance from
electric lines and never trespass minimum safety distance. En-
sure that local or national safety regulations concerning work
near electric lines are observed.
Prior to beginning the work near electric lines:
- Contact the Company owner of the electric lines or its nearest
branch before starting the work.
Look up the in the telephone directory.
- Define together with the Company representative which pre-
cautions should be taken to guarantee work safety.
- All electric lines should be considered as operative live lines
even though it might be well known that the line in question is
out of work and visibly connected to the ground.
- The Electric Power Company, if previously advised and involved
in the work, as well as machine Operator, Owner and/or any nat-
ural person or legal entity having rent or leased the machine or
being responsible at the time by contract or by law, are liable for
the adoption of the necessary precautions.
- Decrease work speed. Reaction time could be too slow and dis-
tance evaluation wrong.
- Warn all ground personnel to keep clear of the machine at all
times.
- Appoint a person in charge of signalling duties.
This person will have the responsibility of observing II the ma-
chine approaching the electric lines from a I standpoint more
favourable than the Operator’s. This signal man (flag-man) must
be in direct communication with the Operator and the Operator
must pay undivided attention to the signals supplied.
When working in or near pits, in ditches or very high walls, check
that the walls are sufficiently propped up to avoid cave-in haz-
ards.
Pay the utmost attention when working near overhang walls
or where landslides may take place. Make sure that the support
surface is strong enough to prevent landslides.
Always check ground conditions and conditions of the material
to be removed. Support everywhere it is required to prevent
possible cave-ins or landslides:
- near previous trenches filled with material, - in bad ground
conditions,
- when working trenches subject to vibration from railroads,
working machines or highway traffic.
12
Stopping
When the machine is to be stopped for whatever reason, always
check that all controls are in the neutral position and that the
safety lever is on the lock position to guarantee risk-free start-
up.
Never leave the machine unattended with the engine running.
Prior to leaving the driver’s seat, and after making sure that all
people are clear of the machine, slowly lower the attachment
until resting it safely to the ground. Retract possible auxiliary
tools to the closed safety position.
Check that all controls are in the neutral position. Move engine
controls to the shut-down position. Switch off the key-start
switch. Consult the Operation and Maintenance Instruction
Manual. ‚‘ Park the machine in a non-operating and no-traffic
area. Park on firm level ground. If this is not possible, position
the machine at a right angle to the slope, making sure there is
no danger of uncontrolled sliding.
If parking in traffic lanes cannot be avoided, provide appropri-
ate flags, barriers, flares and other signals as required to ade-
quately warn the oncoming drivers. Always switch off the key-
start switch before cleaning, repairing or servicing, or parking
the machine to prevent accidental unauthorised start-up.
Never lower the attachment or auxiliary tools other than from
sitting in the operator’s seat. Sound the horn. Make sure that
nobody is within the machine operating range. Lower the at-
tachment slowly.
Securely block and lock the machine every time you leave it un-
attended. Return keys to the safe place previously agreed upon.
Perform all necessary operations for stopping as detailed in the
Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Drive the machine far from pits, trenches, rocky hanging walls,
areas with overhead electric lines, and slopes before stopping it
at the end of the working day. Move all controls to the position
specified for machine stopping. Refer the Operation and Main-
tenance Instruction Manual.
Never park on an incline without accurately blocking the ma-
chine to prevent unexpected movement.
Follow stopping instructions contained in the Operation and
Maintenance Instruction Manual.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

MAINTENANCE
Generalities
Carefully read the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Man-
ual before starting, operating, maintaining, fuelling or servicing
the machine in any manner.
Read all safety plates mounted on the machine and observe
instructions they contain before starting, operating, repairing,
fuelling or servicing the machine. Do not allow unauthorised
personnel to repair or service the machine.
Follow all recommended maintenance and service procedures.
Do not wear rings, wrist watches, jewellery, loose or hanging
garments, such as ties, torn clothing, scarves, unbuttoned or
unzipped jackets that can get caught in moving parts. Wear cer-
tified safety clothes such as: hard hat, no-slip footwear, heavy
gloves, ear protection, safety glasses, reflector vests, respirators
when required. Ask your employer about safety regulations in
force and protective equipment.
Do not use controls or hoses as hand holds. Hoses and controls
are movable parts and do not provide solid support. Besides,
controls may be inadvertently moved and cause unexpected
movement of the machine or its attachments.
Do not jump on or off the machine. Always keep both hands and
one foot, or both feet and one hand in contact with steps and/
or grab rails.
Never service the machine with someone sitting in the driver’s
seat, unless this person is an authorised operator assisting in the
maintenance being carried out.
Keep the operator’s compartment, step plates, grab rails and
handles clear of foreign objects, oil, grease, mud or snow to
minimise the danger of slipping or stumbling.
Clean mud or grease from your shoes before climbing on the
machine or driving it.
Never attempt to operate the machine or its attachments from
any position other than sitting in the operator’s seat.
Keep the driver’s seat free from foreign objects, especially if
these are not secured.
Should it be necessary to move the attachment for maintenance
purposes, do not raise or lower the attachment from any other
position than sitting in the operator’s seat. Before starting the
machine or moving its attachment, sound the horn and require
that nobody remains near the machine.
Raise the attachment slowly.
Always lock all moving components or parts of the machine that
must be lifted for maintenance purposes using adequate exter-
nal means as required by local and national regulations. Do not
allow anyone to pass or stay near or below a raised attachment.
If you are not absolutely sure about your safety, do not stay or
walk under a raised attachment.
Do not place head, body, limbs, hands, feet or fingers near artic-
ulated cutting edges deprived of the necessary guards, unless
they are suitably and safely locked.
Never lubricate, repair or adjust the machine with the engine
running, except when this is specifically required by the Opera-
tion and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Do not wear loose clothing, jewellery near rotating parts.
When service or maintenance require access to areas that can-
not be reached from the ground, use a ladder or step platform
conforming to local or national regulations to reach the working
area. If such means are not available, use machine grab rails and
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
WORKSHOP MANUAL
steps. Always perform all service or maintenance work with the
greatest care and attention.
Shop and/or field service platforms or ladders should be manu-
factured and maintained in accordance with local or national
safety regulations in force.
Disconnect batteries and label all controls to warn that service
work is in progress, according to local and national safety regu-
lation requirements.
Block the machine and all attachments to be raised according to
local and national safety regulation requirements.
Do not check or fill fuel tanks or install batteries near burning
or smoking materials and open flames due to the presence of
flammable vapours.
The fuel filler pipe nozzle must be constantly kept in contact
with the filler neck and this even before fuel starts flowing in.
Keep this contact from the beginning to the end of the fuelling
operation to avoid possible generation of sparks due to static
electricity.
Use a trailer to haul a failed machine. Should it be necessary to
tow it, provide for suitable danger signals as required by the lo-
cal norms and regulations and observe recommendations given
in the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual. Load/un-
load the machine on firm level ground providing safe support.
Use strong access ramps, with adequate height and angle. Keep
the trailer flatbed free of mud, oil or slippery materials. Tie the
machine securely to the trailer.
Never align holes or slots using your fingers; always use appro-
priate aligning tools.
Remove all sharp edges and burrs from re-worked parts.
Use only approved and effectively grounded auxiliary power
sources for heaters, battery chargers, pumps and similar equip-
ment to reduce electrical shock hazard.
Lift and handle heavy components using hoisting devices of ap-
propriate capacity. Ensure the parts are supported by appropri-
ate straps and hooks.
Use lifting eyes provided to this aim.
Pay attention to bystanders near the lifting area.
Never pour gasoline or diesel fuel into open containers. Never
use gasoline, solvents or other flammable fluids to clean parts.
Use proprietary certified non-flammable, non-toxic solvents
only.
When using compressed air to clean parts, wear safety glasses
with side shields. Limit pressure to max. 2 bars, in accordance
with local and national safety regulations in force.
Do not run the engine of this machine in closed buildings with-
out proper forced ventilation capable to remove toxic exhaust
gases concentrating in the air. Do not smoke, nor allow open
flames or sparks nearby while refuelling the unit or handling
highly flammable materials.
Do not use open flames as light sources to look for leaks or in-
spect anywhere on the machine.
Make sure that all mechanical tools provided are in good condi-
tion at all times. Never use tools with mushroomed or damaged
heads. Always wear eye protections with side shields.
Move with extreme care when working under, on or near the
machine or its attachments.
In case of attachment tests during which the engine should be
kept running, a qualified operator must sit in the driver’s seat at
all times while the mechanic is at work.
Keep hands and clothes far OFF moving parts.
13
2. Safety precautions
Stop the engine and move the safety lever to the lock position
before starting adjusting or repairing an assembly.
Do not carry out any work on the attachment without prior au-
thorisation. Observe recommended maintenance and repair
procedures.
In case of field service, move the machine to level ground and
block it. If work on an incline cannot be avoided, securely block
the machine and its attachments. Move the machine to level
ground as soon as possible. Do not twist chains and cables.
Never use a twisted chain or cable for lifting or pulling. Always
wear safety gloves to handle chains or cables. Be sure chains and
cables are firmly fastened and that
the anchor point is strong enough to withstand the expected
load. Keep all bystanders clear of the anchor point, cables or
chains. Do not pull or tow unless the operator’s compart-
ments of the machines involved are fitted with proper
guards against cable or chain backlash.
Keep the maintenance area clean and dry at all times. Clean im-
mediately all water and oil spillage.
Do not pile up oily or greasy rags as they represent a major fire
hazard. Always store them in closed metal containers.
Before starting the machine or its attachment, check, adjust and
lock the operator’s seat. Also ensure that nobody is within the
machine or attachment operating range before starting or oper-
ating the machine and/or its attachments. Sound the horn.
Rust inhibitors are volatile and flammable. Prepare parts in well
ventilated areas. Keep open flames away. Do not smoke. Store
containers in a cool well ventilated place where they could not
be reached by unauthorised people.
Do not carry loose objects in your pockets that might fall un-
noticed into open compartments.
Wear appropriate safety clothing such as hard hat, safety shoes
and gloves, safety glasses when splinters or other particles may
be ejected.
Wear the appropriate welder’s equipment such as dark safety
glasses or mask, hard hat, protective clothing, safety gloves and
footwear always while welding or arc-cutting. Wear dark safety
glasses when you are near a welding in progress.
Do not look the welding arc without proper eye protection.
Become acquainted with all your jacking equipment and their
capacity. Ensure that the jacking point on the machine is appro-
priate for the load applied. Also, be sure the supports under the
jack and between the jack and the machine are appropriate and
stable.
Any equipment supported by a jack represents a possible haz-
ard. Always support the load onto appropriate blocking means
as a safety measure before proceeding with service or mainte-
nance work, in compliance with local or national safety regula-
tions. Metal cables produce steel splinters. Always wear certified
protection clothes such as safety gloves and glasses while han-
dling them.
Handle all parts carefully. Keep hands and fingers away from
gaps, gears, and similar. Always use and wear certified safety
clothes such as safety glasses, gloves and footwear.
The attachment is kept constantly in position by an oil column
trapped into the high pressure circuit. Lower the attachment to
the ground and relieve pressure from all circuits prior to carry-
ing out any type of maintenance or repair work.
Do not service or repair the machine if it is parked downhill.
Consult the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual for
correct maintenance procedure. Areas near articulated cutting
edges where mechanical parts are in motion are where personal
14
injuries are most likely to occur. Pay attention to prevent pos-
sible you are near a welding in progress. Do not look the weld-
ing arc without proper eye protection.
Become acquainted with all your jacking equipment and their
capacity. Ensure that the jacking point on the machine is appro-
priate for the load applied. Also, be sure the supports under the
jack and between the jack and the machine are appropriate and
stable.
Any equipment supported by a jack represents a possible haz-
ard. Always support the load onto appropriate blocking means
as a safety measure before proceeding with service or mainte-
nance work, in compliance with local or national safety regula-
tions. Metal cables produce steel splinters. Always wear certified
protection clothes such as safety gloves and glasses while han-
dling them.
Handle all parts carefully. Keep hands and fingers away from
gaps, gears, and similar. Always use and wear certified safety
clothes such as safety glasses, gloves and footwear.
The attachment is kept constantly in position by an oil column
trapped into the high pressure circuit. Lower the attachment to
the ground and relieve pressure from all circuits prior to carry-
ing out any type of maintenance or repair work.
Do not service or repair the machine if it is parked downhill.
Consult the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual for
correct maintenance procedure. Areas near articulated cutting
edges where mechanical parts are in motion are where personal
injuries are most likely to occur. Pay attention to prevent pos-
sible part movements by means of blocks or by keeping clear of
such zones when motion may take place during maintenance
or repair.
Move the hydraulic system lock safety lever to the lock position
when stopping the machine for whatever reason.
Always install the safety stays for the hood and other hinged
covers before performing any maintenance or repair work in the
engine compartment.
Transfers and transportation
Before moving or transporting the machine, block it to prevent
accidental movement.
Pay particular attention during transfer on inclines, both uphill
and downhill.
Do not travel across the slope.
Never transfer the machine in the working site, in a crowded
area, or near people without having at least one person charged
with hand-signals who could guide the Operator.
Sound the horn to inform that you are about to move off.
It is necessary to know load limits of bridges and dimension-
al limits of tunnels. Such limits must never be exceeded. You
should also know machine height, width, and weight. Have a
signal-man help you when clearances are limited.
Check dimensional limits during transfer or
transportation. Rough terrain may cause the machine to sway
and roll. Cross obstacles at a right angle at low speed. Pay atten-
tion to machine shaking when the centre of gravity overcomes
the obstacle.
Drive with the lights on and use appropriate signals and flags.
Get to know and respect local and national regulations. Con-
sider machine dimensions while turning.
Use a ramp to load the machine on a trailer. If a ramp is not avail-
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

able, fabricate one using blocks. The ramp should be sufficiently
strong to support machine weight. Always load and unload on
level surface.
Tow the machine following the instructions contained in the
Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Engine
Do not run the engine in closed buildings without proper venti-
lation capable to remove harmful exhaust fumes. Do not place
head, body, limbs, feet, hands or fingers near rotating fans or
belts. Be especially careful near blower fans.
Loosen the radiator cap very slowly to relieve system pressure
before removing it. Always top-up coolant level with the engine
off or idling if hot. See the Operation and Maintenance Instruc-
tion Manual.
Keep the exhaust manifold and tube free from combustible
matters. Fit the machine with shields and guards when working
in the presence of combustible matter free in the air.
Do not refuel with the engine running, especially if hot, as this
increases fire hazard in case of fuel spillage. Never attempt to
check or adjust fan belt tensions when the engine is running.
Do not adjust the fuel injection pump when the machine is op-
erating.
Do not lubricate the machine with the engine running. Do not
run the engine with the air intakes open and not protected. If
this cannot be avoided for service reasons, place protection
meshes on all intakes before servicing the engine.
Electrical system
Pay attention to connect connecting cables to correct poles (+
to +) and (- to -) at both ends. Do not short-circuit
terminals. Thoroughly follow instructions given in Operation
and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Always move the key-start switch in the lock position before
servicing or repairing the machine.
Batteries contain SULPHURIC ACID. Protect the eyes when work-
ing near the batteries against possible sprays of the acid solu-
tion. Should acid contact skin, eyes, or clothes, RINSE IMMEDI-
ATELY IN WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. Immediately seek
medical attention.
Battery released gas is highly flammable. Leave the battery
compartment cover open during recharging to improve ventila-
tion. Never check battery charge by placing metal objects across
the posts. Keep sparks or open flames away from batteries. Do
not smoke near the battery to prevent explosion hazard.
Before any maintenance or repair, make sure that there are no
fuel or electrolyte leaks from the batteries. If any, correct prior
to proceeding with further work. Do not recharge batteries in
confined spaces. Ensure proper ventilation is provided to avoid
accidental explosions due to build-up of explosive gas released
during charging.
Disconnect batteries before working on the electrical system or
carrying out any other type of work.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
WORKSHOP MANUAL
Hydraulic system
Pressure fluid escaping from a very small hole can be almost in-
visible and still have sufficient force to penetrate the skin. Always
check any suspected pressure leaks using a piece of cardboard
or wood. Do not use hands. If injured by escaping fluid, obtain
medical attention immediately or serious infection or reaction
may develop.
Stop the engine and ensure pressure is relieved from all systems
before removing side panels, housings, guards and covers. See
the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual.
Always use gauges of adequate capacity for pressure testing.
Refer to the Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual or
Repair Manual.
Tools
Always keep head, body, limbs, feet, hands, and fingers away
from the bucket and attachments, when in the raised position.
Prior to any maintenance or repair work, install all supports nec-
essary to this aim according to local and national safety regula-
tions.
In case the attachment is to be operated for maintenance or re-
pair purposes, do so exclusively while sitting in the driver’s seat.
Sound the horn before starting the machine or moving the at-
tachment. Require that nobody remain near the machine. Raise
the attachment slowly.
Do not use the machine to transport loose objects, unless prop-
er securing devices are provided.
Tyres and wheels
Make sure that the inflation pressure of the tyres is according
to the specifications issued by the Manufacturer and check it
periodically.
Should the pressure be changed, stand on the side of the tyre
at a safe distance.
Pressure check operations must be performed with unloaded
machine and cold tyres.
Never use reconditioned tyre rims, since eventual weldings,
heat-treatments or repairs not performed correctly can weaken
the wheel, thus causing subsequent damages or dangers.
Do not perform torch cutting or welding operations on rims
with tyres installed.
Spare tyres must be inflated only as far it is necessary to keep the
rim components assembled; remember that when not installed
on the disc, a tyre inflated to maximum pressure can explode.
Before operating on tyres, block all wheels, front and rear. After
lifting the machine with the cylinders, block it with stands ac-
cording to current safety rules and regulations.
Deflate the tyres before removing them.
Before removing objects from the tyre tread, deflate it.
Do not inflate tyres with flammable gas: they may cause explo-
sions and serious personal injuries.
After each shift check for loose screws and/or rim mounting
brackets. If necessary, tight them according to the instructions
herein contained.
15
2. Safety precautions
RIRECOGNISE SAFETY INFORMATION
This is your SAFETY SYMBOL ALERT
When you see this symbol on your machine or in this Manual, be
alert of the potential for personal injury. Follow recommended
precautions and safe operating practises.

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

These words are always accompanied by the safety alert sym-
bol.
DANGER: indicates an imminent hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING: indicated a potential hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION: indicates a potential hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
IMPORTANT: indicates a situation which, if not avoided, may
cause damage to the machine.
NOTE: indicates an additional explanation for information pur-
poses.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
This Manual also contains this symbol accompanying instruc-
tions for correct behaviour as regards environmental protec-
tion.

16 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTION
Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine and all
safety messages in this manual.
Safety signs should be installed maintained and replaced when
necessary.
If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing, order a
replacement from your dealer in the same way you order other
replacement parts (be sure to state machine model and serial
number when ordering).
Learn how to operate the machine and its controls correctly and
safety.
Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to operate
the machine.
Keep your machine in proper working condition.
Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
The safety messages in this SAFETY PRECAUTIONS chapter are
intended to illustrate basic safety procedures of hydraulic ex-
cavators. However it is impossible for these safety messages to
cover every hazardous situation you may encounter.
If you have any questions, you should first consult your supervi-
sor before operating and servicing the machine.

PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES

Be prepared if a fire starts or an accident occurs.
Keep the first-aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand. Thoroughly
read and understand the label attached to the fire extinguisher
to use it properly. Establish emergency priority procedures to
cope with fires and accidents.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hos-
pitals and fire department posted near the telephone.

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items that can
catch on control levers or other parts of the machine. Operating
equipment safety requires the full attention of one operator. Do
not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine.
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate
for the job.
Standard safety equipment includes:
- A hard hat
- Safety shoes
- Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield
- Heavy gloves
- Hearing protection
- Reflective clothing
- Wet weather clothing
- Respirator or filter mask.
Do not take chances. Wear whatever is needed for the job at
hand.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 17

2. Safety precautions
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss
of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or
earplugs to protect against constant or uncomfortably loud
noised.

FASTEN SEAT BELT

Should the machine overturn, the operator may become injured
and/or thrown from the cab. Not only, the operator may be
crushed by the overturning machine resulting in serious injury
or oven death.
Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine belt web-
bing, buckle, and attaching hardware. If any item is damaged or
worn, replace the seat belt or component before operating op-
erating the machine. Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt
securely fastened at all times when the machine is in operation
to minimise injury hazard in case of accident. After a significant
accident, replace the seat belts even though they do not look
damaged.

INSPECT THE MACHINE

Inspect the machine carefully every day or work-shift by an at-
tentive visual inspection of machine outside prior to starting it
to prevent damages and personal injuries.
In the walk-around inspection, be sure to cover all points de-
tailed in the Chapter “MAINTENANCE”, paragraph “EXTERNAL
VISUAL INSPECTION”.

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury. When you
get on and off the machine, always maintain a three-point con-
tact with the steps and handrails and face the machine. Do not
use any controls as handholds. Never jump on or off the ma-
chine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and hand-
rails when leaving the machine.

18 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
ADJUST THE SEAT
Adjust the seat whenever changing operators. Be sure that the
operator can fully depress the pedals with his back against the
seat back.
If not, move the seat forward and check again.

OPERATE ONLY FROM OPERATOR’S SEAT

Avoid possible injury or machine damage. Do not start the en-
gine by shorting across started terminals. NEVER start the en-
gine while standing on ground. Start the engine only from op-
erator’s seat.

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
Riders on machine are vulnerable to injury such as being struck
by foreign objects or being thrown off the machine.
Riders also obstruct the operator’s view, resulting in unsafe op-
eration.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 19

2. Safety precautions
Avoid injury from back-over and
SWING ACCIDENTS
To avoid back-over and swing accidents:
Always look around before you back up and swing the machine.
Be sure that everyone is in the clear. Keep travel alarm in work-
ing condition (if equipped).
Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use
horn or other signal to warm bystanders beforemoving ma-
chine.
A person could stand behind the machine, in a dead area, not
visible from rearview mirrors. Before backing up, make sure no-
body is standing in that area.
Use a signal person when backing up if you view is obstructed.
Always keep signal person in view.
Use hand signals when work conditions require signal person.
No excavator or backhoe motions shall be made unless signals
are clearly understood by both signalman and operator.
Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings used on the
job and confirm who has the responsibility for signaling.
When operating in potential dangerous areas, or in areas with
low visibility, use a person for machine shifts.
Before starting machine shifting, warm people near the working
area by means of the horn.
Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good condition.
Dust, heavy rain, fog etc., can reduce visibility. As visibility de-
creases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

WORK WITH CAUTION

Accidental severing of underground cables or gas lines may
cause an explosion and/or fire, possibly resulting in serious in-
jury or death.
Before digging, check the location of cables, gas lines, and water
lines.
Keep the minimum distance required by law from cables, gas
lines, and water lines. If a fiber optic cable should be accidentally
severed, do not look into the end. Doing so may result in serious
eye injury. Contact local authorities and/or the utility companies
directly (electric power, gas, telephone, water, sewers, telecom-
munications, etc.) to obtain information about underground
utility lines.

MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY

Bystanders are in danger of being run over.
Confirm the location of bystanders before moving, swinging, or
operating the machine.
Always keep the travel alarm in good working condition. (if
equipped). It warns people when the machine starts to move.
Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or operating the
machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before
starting the machine.

20 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
RULES FOR ROAD TRANSFER
The machine is equipped with safety locks to be used for road
transfer.
When transferring the machine:
-- Locate cylinders as shown in homologation configura-
tion.
-- Lock cylinders (cocks, reference marks).
-- Lift dozing blade (if equipped).
-- Unlock equipment control levers shifting safety device
lever to lock position.
On the road follow the rules regulating traffic.

INVESTIGATE JOB SITE BEFORE HAND

Clear all persons from area of operation and machine move-
ment.
Make sure worksite footing has sufficient strength to firmly sup-
port the machine.
When working close to an excavation, operate the machine with
che chassis frame positioned perpendicular to the cliff face, so
that the machine can more easily evacuate if the cliff face col-
lapses.
Confirm that your machine is equipped with a R.O.P.S. (Roll Over
Protective Structure) cab before working in areas where there is
the possibility of falling stones or landslides.

WORKING ON SLOPES
Never go down on slopes with gearbox in neutral. You might
loose control and cause serious injuries or death.
When going down on slopes, use a low gear. In this way the en-
gine is used as brake and holds the machine without overload-
ing brakes.
When working on a slope and the warning light for fuel insuf-
ficient level lights up, fill the tank immediately.
Due to machine inclination, the engine can suct air and stop
suddenly, causing a serious danger to the operator and the per-
sons behind the machine.
If the engine stops suddenly, apply brakes and lower immedi-
ately the blade to the ground.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 21

2. Safety precautions
AVOID TIPPING
When operating on a slope, keep blade low to ground and close
to machine.
To avoid tipping:
-- Be extra careful before operating on a grade.
-- Prepare machine operating area flat by grading.
-- Keep the blade low to the ground and close to the ma-
chine.
-- Reduce machine operating speed to avoid tipping or
slipping.
-- Never attempt to travel across a grade steeper than 15
degrees.
Be careful when working on frozen ground.
-- Temperature increases will cause the ground to b e -
come soft and make ground travel unstable.

DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY

Before starting the machine, read carefully the “use and instruc-
tions manual” to get familiar with levers.
Before moving the machine, confirm which way to move ped-
als/levers for the corresponding direction you wish to go.
When traveling up or down a grade, keep the blade in the direc-
tion of travel, approximately 20 to 30 cm (A) above the ground.

BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be sure there is adequate ven-
tilation.
Either use an exhaust pipe extension to remove the exhaust
fumes or open doors and windows to bring enough outside air
into the area.

22 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
PROTECTION OF CAB
In case of operation under conditions where land slides with
falling rocks or any conditions where there is a potential falling
of objects of different nature that could endanger the operator,
it is necessary to install a FOPS (Falling Object Protective Struc-
ture) to protect the cab.

OPERATE WITH CAUTION

If the front attachment or any other part of the machine hits
against an overhead obstacle, such as a bridge, both the ma-
chine and the overhead obstacle will be damaged, and personal
injury may results as well.

AVOID INJURY FROM RUNAWAY ACCIDENTS

Death or serious injury may result if you attempt to stop a mov-
ing machine.
To avoid runaways:
Select level ground when possible to park machine.
Lower dozing blade (blade) to the ground.
Lock articulation.
Stop the engine and remove the key from the key switch.
Pull pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
Block both tyres if you must park on a slope.
Park a reasonable distance from other machine.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 23

2. Safety precautions
PARK MACHINE SAFELY
Before working on the machine:
-- Park machine on a level surface.
-- Lower bucket to the ground.
-- Move turret swing lever to lock position.
-- Run engine at slow idle speed without load for 3 minu-
tes.
-- Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine. Remove key from
switch.
-- Pull pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
-- Allow engine to cool.
-- Close windows, roof window, and cab door.
-- Lock all access doors and compartments.

NEVER WORK UNDER PROJECTING BANKS

The edges could collapse o a land slide could occur causing seri-
ous injury or death.

PROVIDE SIGNALS FOR JOBS INVOLVING A NUMBER OF MA-

CHINES
For jobs involving several machines, provide signals commonly
known by all personnel involved.
Also, appoint a signal person to co-ordinate the job site.
Make sure that all personnel obey the signal person’s direc-
tions.

24 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
KEEP PERSONNEL CLEAR FROM WORKING AREA
A person may be hit severely by the swinging front attachment
or counterweight and/or may be crushed against an other ob-
ject, resulting in serious injury or death.
Keep all persons clear from the area of operation and machine
movement.
Before operating the machine, set up barriers to the sides and
rear area of the bucket swing radius to prevent anyone from en-
tering the work area.

SAFETY TRANSPORTING
The danger of tipping is present when loading/unloading the
machine onto/from a truck or trailer bed.
-- Be sure to observe local regulations when transporting
the machine on public roads.
-- Provide an appropriate truck or trailer for transporting
the machine.
Take the following precautions when loading/unloading the
machine:
-- Select firm level ground.
-- Be sure t use a loading dock or ramp.
-- Be sure to have a signal person when loading/unloading
the machine.
-- Always select the slow speed mode with the travel spe-
ed selector.
-- Avoid steering while driving up or down the ramp as it is
extremely dangerous.

If steering is unavoidable, first move back to the ground or flat-

bed, modify travelling direction, and begin to drive again.
-- Operate the safety lever but do not operate any other
control except travel control when driving up or down
the ramp.
-- The top end of the ramp where it meets the flatbed is a
sudden bump. Take care when traveling over it.
-- Securely fasten machine frame using chains or cables.
Refer to “Transport” chapter in this manual for details.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 25

2. Safety precautions
PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE
Understand service procedures before doing work.
Keep work area clean and dry.
Never lubricate or service the machine while it is moving.
Keep hands, feet and clothing from power-driven parts.
Before performing the machine maintenance:
-- Park on a flat surface.
-- Lower the blade to the ground.
-- Operate the engine at low idle with no load for 3 minu-
tes to cool it off.
-- Move the key into position OFF to cut-off the engine and
remove it from the switch.
-- Move the control safety cut-off lever into position
LOCK.
-- Let the engine to cool-off.

Place a “maintenance in progress” sign (seen in the SAFETY DE-

CALS chapter). This sign can be located on the cab door.
In the event maintenance operations require operating the en-
gine, do not leave the machine unattended.
In the event the machine must be lifted, block with appropri-
ate supports the elements of the machine during maintenance/
repair operations.
Inspect certain parts periodically and repair or replace as neces-
sary.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
Fix any damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any building of grease, oil, or debris. Disconnect the
ground cable (-) from the batteries before servicing electrical
systems or welding on the machine

CLEAN TRASH FROM MACHINE

Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines,
fuel tank, and operator’s station clean.
Temperature in engine compartment may go up immediately
after engine is stopped.
BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
Open access door (s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine
compartment.

26 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK
Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
Before performing any work on the machine, apply the “Mainte-
nance in progress” tag (see SAFETY PLATES in this Chapter). This
tag can be applied to the left-hand control lever, safety lever or
cab door

CLEAN THE MACHINE REGULARLY

Remove any grease, oil or debris build-up to avoid possible in-
jury or machine damage.
Do not spray water or steam inside the cab.

STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY

Stored attachments as blades can fall and cause serious injury
or death.
Securely store attachments and implements to prevent them
from falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from
storage area.

SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY

Never attempt to work on the machine without securing the
machine first.
Always lower the attachment or tool to the ground before work-
ing on the machine.
If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely
support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, bollow tires, or
props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work
under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 27

2. Safety precautions
PREVENT PARTS FROM FLYING OFF
Tyres are pressurized.
Tyre and/or rim parts burst may result in serious injury or
death.
Only skilled staff can replace tyres.
Always keep the correct tyre pressure.
Never exceed the recommended pressure when inflating tyres.
Slow down or stop and let tyres get cool.
When adjusting tyre pressure, keep at a certain distance and
protect yourself. Use an extension equipped with a quick con-
nection for the valve handling.
Always stay behind the tyre when adjusting pressure.

STARTING THE ENGINE WITH BOOSTER BATTERIES

Battery gas may explode causing serious damages and injuries.
If the engine ids to be started using booster batteries, ensure to
comply with all procedures detailed in the chapter “OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS”.
The operator should be sitting in the driver’s seat to keep the
machine under control when the engine starts. Starting the en-
gine with booster batteries is a two man operation.
Do not recharge batteries that have been stored in the cold for a
long time as they might explode. Heat them at 15 °C.
Mistakes in following procedures detailed for starting the en-
gine with slave batteries may cause the batteries to explode or
machine to move unexpectedly.

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear
goggles or safety glasses.
Keep bystanders away from the working area before striking
any object, to avoid personal injury.

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.
To prevent accidents, care should be taken to ensure that hands,
feet, clothing, jewelry and hair do not become entangled when
working around rotating parts.

28 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before
you work on the machine. If you must work on a lifted machine
or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or
props that may crumble under ontinuous load.
Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
Follow the procedures in this manual.

PREVENT BURNS
After operation, the engine coolant is hot and is under pressure.
Hot water or steam are contained in the engine, radiator and
heater lines.
Skin contact with escaping hot water or steam can cause severe
burns.
Be sure to stop the engine, and let engine and radiator cool.
Slowly loosen the cap to release pressure after the system has
cooled, then remove it.
Engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oil also become hot during op-
eration.
The engine, hoses, lines and other parts become hot as well.
Wait for the oil and components to cool before starting any
maintenance or inspection work. The hydraulic oil tank is pres-
surized. Again, be sure to release all pressure before removing
the cap.

REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by
welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap
and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper con-
tainers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to
disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 29

2. Safety precautions
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by applying heat near pres-
surized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and by-
standers. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch
near pressurized fluid lined or other flammable materials.
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes be-
yond the immediate flame area. Install temporary fire resistant
guards to protect hoses or other materials when engaging in
welding, soldering, etc.

AVOID APPLYING HEAT TO LINES

CONTAINING FLAMMABLE FLUIDS

Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that contain flammable

fluids. Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent be-
fore welding or flame cutting them.

AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing
serious injury. Avoid this hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines.
Relieve the pressure by moving the control levers several times.
Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
Wear a shield or protection glasses to protect your eyes.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard; take care to protect
hands and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this type of in-
jury immediately
Any fluid injected into the shin must be surgically removed
within a few hours or gangrene may result.

30 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
PREVENT FIRES
1. Check for oil leaks:
Fuel, hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fires that
may result in serious injury.
Check for missing or loose clamps, kinked hoses, lines or
hoses that rub against each other, damaged oil-cooler, and
loose oil-cooper flange bolts, for oil leaks.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin caus-
ing serious injury.
Do not use your bare hand to check for oil leaks.
Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or damaged
clamps, lines, hoses, oil-cooler and oil cooler flange bolts.
Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
Never install bent or damaged lines, pipes or hoses.

2. Check for shorts:

Short circuits can cause fires that may result in serious in-
jury.
Clean and tighten all electrical connections.
Check before each shift or after eight (8) hours of operation
for loose, kinked, hardened or frayed electrical cables and
wires.
Check before each shift or after eight (8) hours of operation
for missing or damaged terminal caps.
DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE if cable or wires are loose,
kinked, etc.
Tighten, repair or replace any loose or damaged electrical
cables, wires, and terminal caps before operating the ma-
chine.

3. Clean flammables:
Spilled fuel and oils, and accumulated coal dust and other
flammables may cause fires and serious personal injury.
Prevent fires by keeping machine clean every day.

4. Check key-start switch:

If a fire breaks out, failure to stop the engine will escalate the
fire, hampering fire fighting. Always check key/start switch
function before operating the machine every day:
-- Start the engine and run it at slow idle.
-- Turn the key/start switch to the OFF position to
confirm that the engine stops.
If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them before
operating the machine.

5. Check heat shields:

Damaged or missing heat shields may lead to fires. Dam-
aged or missing heat shields must be repaired or replaced
before operating the machine.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 31

2. Safety precautions
HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFETY
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury.
Potentially hazardous chemicals used with you machine include
such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.
Check the local safety before you start any job using a hazard-
ous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are
and how to do the job safety. Then follow procedures and use
recommended equipment.

DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment
and ecology. Potentially harmful waste on includes such items
as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food
or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking
from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any
water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage
the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations may require a
certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle
used air conditioning refrigerants.
Obtain information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of
waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your authorized dealer.

PREVENT ACID BURNS

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness
if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
Filing batteries in a well-ventilated area.
Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added
Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

Flush your skin with water.
Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
Flush your eyes with water for 10-15 minutes.
Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:
Drink large amounts of water of milk.
Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or
vegetable oil.
Get medical attention immediately.

32 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
HANDLE FLUIDS - AVOID FIRES
Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable.
Do not refuel the machine while smoking or near open flame
or sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank out-
doors.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards.
Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can
cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to
touch with bare hands.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can
cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to
touch with bare hands.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 33

2. Safety precautions
DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY
Improperly disposing of fluids can harm the environment and
ecology. Before draining any fluids, find out the proper way to
dispose of waste from your local environmental agency.
Use proper containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or
beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking
from them.
DO NOT POUR oil into the ground, down a drain, or into a stream,
pond, or lake. Observe relevant environmental protection regu-
lations when disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters,
batteries, and other harmful waste.

WORK IN A CLEAN AREA

Before starting a job, clean the work area. Remove objects that
may be a safety hazard to the mechanic or bystanders.

ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable
safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure
the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an ac-
cidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.

34 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
USE TOOLS PROPERLY
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools, parts, and
precedures cam create safety hazard.
Usare soltanto attrezzi appropriati per allentare elementi filet-
tati e di fissaggio.
Use power tolls onlyto losen threaded tools and fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size
tools. Do not use U.S. measurementt tools on metric fasteners.
Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.
Use only recommended replacement parts. (See Parts Catalog).

EVACUATING IN CASE OF FIRE

If a fire breaks out, evacuate the machine in the following way:
Stop the engine by turning the key-start switch to the OFF posi-
tion if there is time.
Use a fire extinguisher if there is time.
Exit the machine

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 35

36 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

3. Repair safety instructions

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 37

3. Repair safety instructions
The following safety instructions must be observed by all repairing the machine!

•• Repairs may be carried out by skilled, trained and experienced personnel only and/or by Ammann SERVICE and dealers.
•• When performing repairs, always use our shop manual. Special instructions for the assembly work are given in individual chapters
of the manual.
•• Before putting the machine into operation acquaint yourselves with the machine control as given in the “Operating instructions“
and make sure that you understand well all outfit of the machine.
•• Do not use the machine if you do not fully understand all controls and until you know how the machine works.
•• Know the area where you will work.
•• Do not make any redesign or modifications on the machine because you could decrease safety of the equipment.
•• Original parts and accessories have been designed especially for this machine.
•• Installation and usage of spare parts not supplied by the manufacturer of the machine or not authorized by him can have negative
effects on operational characteristics and safety operation of the machine.

Safety precautions when repairing and inspecting the equipment

•• Wear work clothe and boots.

•• Use gloves when handling oils, fuel or coolant.
•• Protect your eyes with goggles or a shield when handling the battery.
•• Place the equipment on a flat and firm surface before starting repair. Secure the equipment against spontaneous movement.
•• Secure the frame of the equipment and the drum against mutual rotation using a safety pin and a draw bar.
•• Before starting work remove the ignition key, disconnect the batteries and let hot parts cool down.
•• Attach a warning note “Equipment out of work“ to the steering wheel and leave it there for the duration of service work.
•• Wash the equipment thoroughly. If you use steam, do not expose electrical components and insulation directly to stem jet, or else
cover them beforehand.
•• Keep all parts absolutely clean when dismantling, mounting, and servicing each assembly. Protect removed parts from getting
soiled.
•• Clean the surface of dismantled parts and provide for adequately dust-free working conditions and a needed lay-off area.
•• Be careful when handling cleaning agents. Do not use petrol or other easy inflammable materials for cleaning.
•• Dry the cleaned parts and immediately cover with anticorrosive protective oil- never install corroded parts!
•• Tools, hoists, safety equipment of the supports, and other additional items must be serviceable and in good condition.
•• Use hoists and fasteners (ropes, chains) that have sufficient carrying capacity and are in good condition.
•• Make sure that there is enough fresh air supply when starting up the equipment in an enclosed area.
•• Before placing the equipment into operation make sure there nobody on the equipment or close by. The start of the equipment
must always be announced with an audible alarm , also after any pause in operation before the equipment is restarted. Persons
present on the equipment and dangerously close by must leave the equipment after such alarm has been sounded.
•• Do not adjust moving equipment.
•• When working (adjusting) on the running engine, avoid touching hot and rotating parts.. During work on the running engine,
another person must be present that can easily access the emergency switch and must be in contact at all times with the person
performing the adjustment, to be able to switch off the engine immediately when necessary.
•• Use only prescribed makes of motor, gear and hydraulic oils and coolants.

38 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Safety instructions for work on hydraulic circuits

•• make sure that no hydraulic circuit is under pressure before dismantling it. Hydraulic oil leaks under pressure may injure your skin
and cause a serious injury.
•• Mark all parts, hoses and pipes before removing them.
•• Do not operate hydraulic generators and hydraulic motors without oil.
•• There is danger of being scalded when handling hot oil.
•• Do not warm oil to temperatures above 160 °C - oil or its fumes may ignite.
•• For cleaning and wiping hydraulic parts use such textiles that do not leave lint.
•• When reassembling parts use hydraulic oil - not grease - as lubricants.
•• Clean screws and bolts carefully before installation, wash hoses and pipes and blow them off using compressed air.
•• Always use new packing in seals.
•• Fill new aggregates with hydraulic oil before installation.
•• Rinse hydraulic circuit after replacing the hydraulic device, clean the hydraulic tank as well.
•• Replace the oil filter cartridge.
•• Fill the hydraulic circuit with pure oil of the prescribed viscosity, but only when the engine has been stopped!
•• Wipe off overflow oil.
•• Check connections for tightness, whether they leak oil, before applying pressure to the system.
•• Do not adjust safety valves.
•• After all work has been finished, recheck all connections and replace all safety elements
•• After finishing the work install again all protective elements.

After putting the machine into operation, check

•• Oil level in the hydraulic tank.

•• Check up filling pressure in hydraulic generators in case they are replaced as well as pressure in safety valves.
•• Carry out the measurement at temperature of 40 °C (104 °F).

Safety instruction for work on the fuel system

Mixtures of petrol and diesel (winter fuel) are as inflammable as petrol.

-- Do not refuel in closed areas.
-- Wipe off overflowed fuel.
-- Do not smoke when working on the fuel system and do not use naked light! There is a danger of fire!

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 39

3. Repair safety instructions
Safety instruction for work on electrical wiring

•• Disconnect the battery when carrying out any repair in the charging circuit to avoid incidental short-circuits.
•• When dismantling, first disconnect the cable from the negative pole (-), then from the positive one (+).
•• Do not disconnect batteries when the engine is running!
•• Connect the “minus“ pole of the battery to the chassis and the “plus“ pole to lead “B+“ from the alternator. In case of the reverse
connection the whole semiconductor device could get destroyed.
•• When starting with auxiliary external supply, do not disconnect such supply sooner than the battery of the machine is connected.
Watch out starting voltage of the auxiliary external supply (for 24 V).
•• Do not put the alternator into no-load run, i. e. with the wire disconnected from the “+“ terminal and connected “D+“ terminal.
•• Do not check the presence of voltage in the wire by sparking it on the chassis of the equipment.
•• Do not do anything that produces sparks.
•• When handling batteries, use protective rubber gloves and goggles.
•• Protect your skin and clothes from stains by electrolyte or lead particles.
•• When electrolyte gets into your eye, rinse it with a stream of water for a few minutes. Then see a doctor as soon as possible.
•• When electrolyte stains your skin or clothes, take off your clothes, wash the stained area with soap water or with a solution of
baking soda and water and see a doctor.
•• After taking electrolyte incidentally, drink as much milk or water as possible or a solution of magnesia and immediately see a
doctor.
•• Never pour distilled water into the cells unless the operation of the machine or charging outside the equipment follows. In such
case the battery would self discharge increasingly.
•• Never add sulfuric acid (H2SO4)!
•• Do not overturn the batteries because electrolyte could run out of the degassing holes of the battery.
•• If acid (electrolyte) is spilled, rinse the place with water and neutralize it with lime.
•• When the batteries are being charged, hydrogen is released and it makes mixed with air, an explosive, easily combustible mixture.
Do not use open flame and do not smoke.

Welding on the machine

•• Before starting arc welding, disconnect all parts with semiconductors from electrical wiring, inclusive of machine electronics:
•• it is necessary to earth both the supply and the machine that is being repaired,
•• secure the supply against moisture,
•• place ground terminal close to the welded joint.
•• when parts are welded or when the machine is in the suspended position, it is necessary to insulate the point of current transfer to
avoid current entering the hoist, or to use a non-conducting rope.

Seals

•• Always use new packing.

•• You will receive packing kits as spares.

40 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Tightening torque

•• Use a torque key for the right tightening torque.

•• Fastening bolts and nuts of the given quality are tightened according to the table.
•• Quality of the bolt is shown visibly on the bolt head.
•• Tightening torque is given in tables.
•• Thread joints of hydraulic circuits are tightened according to tables.
•• The given tightening torque is valid for not oiled bolt thread.
•• Use new self-locking nuts only.

Environmental measures and health precautions

When repairing the machine, keep general principles of health protection and environment protection as well, and observe laws, regu-
lations, and guidelines related to these problems as applicable to the territory where the equipment is used.

Principles of hygiene

•• Oil products, coolants, battery acids, and paints including thinners can be harmful to your health and they can injure your organs
seriously.
•• It is necessary to observe consistently safety and health instructions enclosed with the products and to use personal protective
aids when handling them.
•• Personnel in contact with these products during servicing are obliged to observe general principles of their health protection and
keep in mind safety and health guidelines as given by manufacturers of such products, especially the following:
-- protection of eyes and skin when working with batteries,
-- protection of the skin when handling oil products, paint, and cooling liquids,
-- workers should wash their hands properly after finishing their work and apply proper healing hand lotions,
-- when working with the cooling system it is necessary to observe instruction manuals supplied with the machine.
•• Oil products, coolants, batteries, and paint including organic thinners as well as cleaners and preservatives should be always stored
in their original packages properly labeled. Do not store such materials in unlabelled bottles and other vessels because there is a
danger of confusion. Confusion of food or drinks is especially dangerous.
•• If the skin or eyes are by chance stained or fumes are breathed, apply immediately first aid. In case of incidental consumption of
such products see your doctor immediately.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 41

3. Repair safety instructions
Ecological precautions

•• Contents of machine systems and some parts of the machine can produce, when no longer in use, represent great risks to the
environment.
The following products especially belong to this category:
-- both organic and synthetic lubricating materials, oils and fuel,
-- coolants,
-- battery acids and batteries themselves,
-- cleaning agents and preservatives,
-- all removed filters and filter elements,
-- all used and discarded hydraulic and fuel hoses, rubber - metals and the other elements stained with the above products.
•• The above parts and materials must be handled, after they had been discarded, in accordance with valid national regulations on
environmental protection and according to directions concerning health protection.
•• When hydraulic liquids, fuel, cooling systems and their aggregates are being removed it is necessary to prevent their infiltration
into the ground by using retaining vessels and by plugging the holes.
•• After leaks the place must be immediately dried with sawdust, Vapex, and such.
•• The contaminated earth must be removed to prevent further leakage. Then the soil and absorbing material must be disposed of
safely.

Fire precautions

•• The place where oil is being changed must not situated in an area where there is danger of explosion or fire.
•• Notices showing that smoking and open flame are not allowed must be installed there.
•• The handling area must have sufficient dimensions to capture the amount of inflammable liquid equal to the volume of the largest
vessel or the transport package.
•• Portable fire-extinguishers must be available.
•• Oil and oil products should be handled in special vessels, e. g. metal barrels, cans, tin cans.
•• Transport vessels must be properly closed when stored.
•• The vessels should have one hole and should be always stored with the hole up and they must be secured against leakage.
•• The vessels must be labeled with indelible inscriptions showing their contents and burning power class.

THE STANDARD TOOLS FOR MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT ACCORDING TO THE NORM ISO 4510-1
THE SPECIAL TOOLS, ASSEMBLY JIGS SEE APPROPRIATE CHAPTERS OF THE WORKSHOP MANUAL.

42 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

4. A summary of applications

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 43

4. A summary of applications
Serial and type numbers are important for verification of the
machine identity and/or in case of claims. The name plate of the
machine containing basic data about the machine is attached to
the left side of the frame below the cab.

282N243T

282N244T

Label with the serial number of Cummins engine Tier 1

and Tier 2

282N101T

Label with the serial number of Cummins engine Tier 3

Serial numbers and data of the aggregate purchased are shown

directly on each aggregate.

44 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
The data mentioned in the table refer always when you contact
the dealer or manufacturer. Please complete following data:

Machine type.....................................................................................

Machine serial number (S/N).......................................................

Year of the production ..................................................................

Engine type........................................................................................

Engine serial number......................................................................

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 45

46 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

5. Description of the machine

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 47

5. Description of the machine
Vibrating roller is a self-movable compaction machine consisting of two parts connected with a joint, i. e. drum and towing unit.

Drum unit

-- consists of the frame in which the drum with the travel drive and vibration drive is placed. Owing to two amplitudes of different
size, which can be chosen together with the corresponding frequency, it is possible to compact materials of different charac-
teristics. Two scrapers placed in the front side on the beam and in the rear side on the cross bar of the drum frame are used for
removing the soil adhering to the drum.

Trailing hinge

-- connects both units of the roller and enables mutual shift of the parts in horizontal and vertical planes.

Frame of the towing unit

-- welding, in its front part there is a plate for gripping the joint, holes where hydraulic motors of the travel are installed, in the
rear part there is a fuel tank with grips for batteries and a toolbox. Holes for gripping the hydraulic tank, driver’s station and
protective ROPS frame are situated in the upper part of the equipment.

Version

Vibrating roller ASC 70 ÷ 250 D

This kind of roller with a smooth drum is suitable for compacting all sorts of earth, rock-fill and aggravate materials.
Vibrating roller ASC 70 ÷ 250 PD
This type of roller with a pad footed drum has a simultaneous compacting and vibrating effect on clay and mixed soils.
Vibrating roller ASC 70 ÷ 250 PDB
This type of roller with a pad footed drum PD and the blade (earth-board), moreover, of spreading made-up material.
Sign the machine with index HD
Machine with increased traction force.
Sign the machine with index HT
Machine with increased traction force. The machine is made for permanent operation on slopes over 30 % in extreme conditions.

Attached equipment

Pad-foot segments
The attached equipment installed on the smooth drum partially substitutes the pad-footed drum.

Blade (earth-board)
The attached equipment serves for spreading bulk soil and for its leveling in the area being compacted. The arms of the blade are
pendulum fixed to the frame of the drum. The blade is lifted and lowered using two linear hydraulic motors fixed into brackets on the
right and left side beams of the drum.

The ROPS protective frame

It protects the driver in case of overthrow of the machine. The data about the frame are shown in the plate.

ASC lock - CASE / ATC lock - AMMANN

It features the ability to pass well through a rough terrain (gradient) at decreased adhesion, at running to the trailer, it helps to free the
machine, etc.

Filling of tires with liquid

48 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Technical data

Engines

Version ASC 70/90 - TIER I ASC 110/150 - TIER I ASC 200/250 - TIER I
Manufacturer CUMMINS-Diesel CUMMINS-Diesel CUMMINS-Diesel
Type B3.9-C99 B5.9-C148 B5.9-C200
Number of cylinders 4 6 6
Performance according to ISO
74 [99] 110 [148] 149 [200]
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)
Specific speed - revolutions per mi-
2200 2200 2500
nute [RPM]

Version ASC 100 - TIER I

Manufacturer CUMMINS-Diesel
Type 4BTA 3.9-C116
Number of cylinders 4
Performance according to ISO
86 (116)
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)
Specific speed - revolutions per mi-
2500
nute [RPM]

Version ASC 70/ 90 - TIER II ASC 110/150 - TIER II ASC 200/250 - TIER II
Manufacturer CUMMINS-Diesel CUMMINS-Diesel CUMMINS-Diesel
Type B4.5-C99 QSB5.9-C155 QSB5.9-C205
Number of cylinders 4 6 6
Performance according to ISO
74 [99] 116 [155] 153 [205]
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)
Specific speed - revolutions per mi-
2200 2200 2500
nute [RPM]

Version ASC 70/ 90 - TIER III ASC 110/150 - TIER III ASC 200/250 - TIER III
Manufacturer CUMMINS-Diesel CUMMINS-Diesel CUMMINS-Diesel
Type QSB3.3-C99 QSB4.5-C160 QSB6.7-C220
Number of cylinders 4 4 6
Performance according to ISO
74 [99] 119 [160] 164 [220]
3046/1 kW [HP] (DIN 6271)
Specific speed - revolutions per mi-
2200 2200 2200
nute [RPM]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 49

5. Description of the machine
Weights

Operational weight of the machine ASC 70 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

ASC 70 D ASC 70 PD
Machine ASC 70 PDB
ASC 70 HD ASC 70 HDPD
Cab + ROPS frame 7255 [15.994] 7200 [15.873] 7700 [16.976]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 420 [926] 420 [926] 420 [926]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 1090 [2.403]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT 480 kg must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 9745 kg (21.484 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HT

Operational weight of the machine ASC 90 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

ASC 90 D ASC 90 PD
Machine ASC 90 PDB
ASC 90 HD ASC 90 HDPD
Cab + ROPS frame 8935 [19.698] 8880 [19.577] 9380 [20.679]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 420 [926] 420 [926] 420 [926]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 1090 [2.403]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT 480 kg must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 11425 kg (25.187 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HT.

50 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Operational weight of the machine ASC 100 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

Machine ASC 100

Cab + ROPS frame 10200 (22487)
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 1720 (3792)
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 (485)
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
The maximum weight of roller 10 120 kg (22.211 lb) with smooth drum, tyres standard filling with water.

Operational weight of the machine ASC 110 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

Machine ASC 110 D ASC 110 PD ASC 110 PDB

Cab + ROPS frame 11665 [25.716] 12095 [26.664] 13005 [28.670]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 1200 [2.645] 1200 [2.645] 1200 [2.645]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 1680 [3.704]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 235 kg (2.723 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 16 600 kg (36.597 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD + HT.

Operational weight of the machine ASC 130 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

Machine ASC 130 D ASC 130 PD ASC 130 PDB

Cab + ROPS frame 12800 [28.219] 12900 [28.439] 13550 [29.873]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 1200 [2.645] 1200 [2.645] 1200 [2.645]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 1680 [3.704]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 235 kg (2.723 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 17735 kg (39.099 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 51

5. Description of the machine
Operational weight of the machine ASC 150 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

Machine ASC 150 D ASC 150 PD ASC 150 PDB

Cab + ROPS frame 14550 [32.076] 14460 [31.878] 15280 [33.687]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 1200 [2.645] 1200 [2.645] 1200 [2.645]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 1680 [3.704]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 235 kg (2.723 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 19485 kg (42.957 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

Operational weight of the machine ASC 200 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

Machine ASC 200 D ASC 200 PD ASC 200 PDB

Cab + ROPS frame 20875 [46.020] 20945 [46.175] 22025 [48.556]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 1200 [2.646] 1200 [2.646] 1200 [2.646]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 2625 [5.787]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
For the mountain version of the machine indicated by HT+HD 1 200 kg (2.646 lb) must be added.
The maximum weight of roller 26980 kg (59.481 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

52 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Operational weight of the machine ASC 250 in kg [lb] according to ISO 6016

ASC 250 D ASC 250 PD

Machine ASC 250 HD ASC 250 HDPD ASC 250 PDB
ASC 250 HT ASC 250 HTPD
Cab + ROPS frame 25500 [53.217] 25685 [56.625] 26785 [59.049]
Weight of two tires with liquid filling in kg [lb] 1200 [2.646] 1200 [2.646] 1200 [2.646]
Weight of three pad-foot segments in kg [lb] 2625 [5.787]* - -
Weight cabin kg [lb] 220 [485] 220 [485] 220 [485]
* - Smooth drum can be fitted with padfoots segments.
For a machine with roof, deduct the weight of the cab and add 140 kg.
The maximum weight of roller 30750 kg (67.792 lb) with smooth drum, padfod segments, tyres filling with water, blade and design
implemetation HD, HT.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 53

5. Description of the machine
Basic dimensions

Basic dimensions of model ASC 70

ASC 70 D ASC 70 PD ASC 70 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 5195 [204.5] 5195 [204.5] 5555 [218.7]
Total width in mm [in] 1880 [74] 1880 [74] 2215 [87.2]
Height in mm [in] 2870 [113] 2870 [113] 2870 [113]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 4685 [184.4] 4685 [184.4] 5242 [206.3]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3090 [122] 3090 [122] 3090 [122]
Dimensions of the tires 14.9-24" 14.9-24" 14.9-24"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 150 [21.7] 150 [21.7] 150 [21.7]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 90

ASC 90 D ASC 90 PD ASC 90 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 5195 [204.5] 5195 [204.5] 5555 [218.7]
Total width in mm [in] 1930 [76] 1930 [76] 2215 [87.2]
Height in mm [in] 2870 [113] 2870 [113] 2870 [113]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 4795 [188.8] 4795 [188.8] 5242 [206.3]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3090 [122] 3090 [122] 3090 [122]
Dimensions of the tires 14.9-24" 14.9-24" 14.9-24"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 150 [21.7] 150 [21.7] 150 [21.7]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 100

ASC 100
Total length in mm [in] 5630 [221.7]
Total width in mm [in] 2250 [88.6]
Height in mm [in] 3027 [119.2]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 5575 [219.5]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3275 [128.9]
Dimensions of the tires 23.1 - 26"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 160 [23.2]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 110

ASC 110 D ASC 110 PD ASC 110 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 5686 [223.8] 5686 [223.8] 6094 [240]
Total width in mm [in] 2436 [95.9] 2436 [95.9] 2950 [116.1]
Height in mm [in] 3150 [124] 3150 [124] 3150 [124]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 5370 [211.4] 5370 [211.4] 5738 [225.9]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3050 [120] 3050 [120] 3050 [120]
Dimensions of the tires 23.1 - 26" 23.1 - 26" 23.1 - 26"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 160 [23.2] 160 [23.2] 160 [23.2]

54 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Basic dimensions of model ASC 130

ASC 130 D ASC 130 PD ASC 130 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 5686 [223.8] 5686 [223.8] 6094 [240]
Total width in mm [in] 2500 [98.4] 2500 [98.4] 2950 [116.1]
Height in mm [in] 3150 [124] 3150 [124] 3150 [124]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 5395 [212.4] 5395 [212.4] 5738 [225.9]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3050 [120] 3050 [120] 3050 [120]
Dimensions of the tires 23.1 - 26" 23.1 - 26" 23.1 - 26"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 160 [23.2] 160 [23.2] 160 [23.2]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 150

ASC 150 D ASC 150 PD ASC 150 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 5686 [223.8] 5686 [223.8] 6094 [240]
Total width in mm [in] 2500 [98.4] 2500 [98.4] 2950 [116.1]
Height in mm [in] 3150 [124] 3150 [124] 3150 [124]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 5395 [212.4] 5395 [212.4] 5738 [225.9]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3050 [120] 3050 [120] 3050 [120]
Dimensions of the tires 23.1 - 26" 23.1 - 26" 23.1 - 26"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 160 [23.2] 160 [23.2] 160 [23.2]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 200

ASC 200 D ASC 200 PD ASC 200 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 6300 [248] 6300 [248] 6790 [267]
Total width in mm [in] 2500 [98.4] 2500 [98.4] 3000 [118.1]
Height in mm [in] 3265 [128.5] 3265 [128.5] 3265 [128.5]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 6280 [247.2] 6280 [247.2] 6615 [260]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3900 [153.5] 3900 [153.5] 3900 [153.5]
Dimensions of the tires 23.5 - 25" 23.5 - 25" 23.5 - 25"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 150 [22] 150 [22] 150 [22]

Basic dimensions of model ASC 250

ASC 250 D ASC 250 PD ASC 250 PDB

Total length in mm [in] 6560 [258.2] 6560 [258.2] 6990 [275.2]
Total width in mm [in] 2500 [98.4] 2500 [98.4] 3000 [118.1]
Height in mm [in] 3265 [128.5] 3265 [128.5] 3265 [128.5]
Outer contour turning radius in mm [in] 6315 [248.6] 6315 [248.6] 6820 [268.5]
Inner turning radius in mm [in] 3950 [155] 3950 [155] 3950 [155]
Dimensions of the tires 23.5 - 25" 23.5 - 25" 23.5 - 25"
Filling pressure in kPa [PSI] 150 [21.7] 150 [21.7] 150 [21.7]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 55

5. Description of the machine
Riding characteristics

Max. speed - in both directions

ASC 70 D ASC 70 PD ASC 70 PDB
km/h 0 - 11 0 - 11,1 0 - 11,1
MPH 0 - 6.83 0 - 6.89 0 - 6.89

ASC 90 D ASC 90 PD ASC 90 PDB

km/h 0 - 11,0 0 - 11,1 0 - 11,1
MPH 0 - 6.83 0 - 6.89 0 - 6.89

ASC 100
km/h 0 - 10,3
MPH 0 - 6.4

ASC 110 D ASC 110 PD ASC 110 PDB

km/h 0 - 10,6 0 - 10,7 0 - 10,7
MPH 0 - 6.58 0 - 6.64 0 - 6.64

ASC 150 D ASC 150 PD ASC 150 PDB

km/h 0 - 10 0 - 10,1 0 - 10,1
MPH 0 - 6.2 0 - 6.27 0 - 6.27

ASC 200 D ASC 200 PD ASC 200 PDB

km/h 0 - 10,5 0 - 10,6 0 - 10,6
MPH 0 - 6.52 0 - 6.58 0 - 6.58

ASC 250 D ASC 250 PD ASC 250 PDB

km/h 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10,1
MPH 0 - 6.2 0 - 6.2 0 - 6.3

56 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Vibration frequency ASC 70 / 90
Hz 30/40
VPM [1800/2400]

ASC 100
Hz 32/35
VPM [1920/2100]

ASC 110
Hz 32/35
VPM [1920/2100]

ASC 150
Hz 29/35
VPM [1740/2100]

ASC 200 / 250

Hz 28/34
VPM [1680/2040]

Amplitude ASC 70
mm 1,7/0,86
in [0.069/0.0338]

ASC 90
mm 1,85/0,96
in [0.073/0.0378]

ASC 100
mm 1,85/1,15
in [0.073/0.045]

ASC 110
mm 1,85/1,15
in [0.073/0.045]

ASC 150
mm 2,0/1,0
in [0.079/0.039]

ASC 200
mm 2,0/1,0
in [0.087/0.039]

ASC 250
mm 2,2/1,1
in [0.086/0.043]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 57

5. Description of the machine
Fluid contents

ASC 70/90
Engine (oil filling) Tier 1 and Tier 2 l [gal US] 11,2 [2.96]
Engine (oil filling) Tier 3 l [gal US] 7,0 [1,85]
Cooling system Tier 1 and Tier 2 l [gal US] 19,0 [5.0]
Cooling system Tier 3 l [gal US] 24,0 [6.3]
Fuel l [gal US] 275,0 [72.7]
Hydraulic system l [gal US] 73,0 [19.3]
Drum gearbox (HD) l [gal US] 2,5 [0.66]
Drum gearbox (HT) l [gal US] 2,8 [0.74]
Wheel gears l [gal US] 2x2,5 [2x0.66]
Vibrating drum l [gal US] 6,7 [1.77]
Windshield washer bowl l [gal US] 2,75 [0.72]

ASC 100
Engine (oil filling) l [gal US] 11,2 [2.96]
Cooling system l [gal US] 24,0 [6.3]
Fuel l [gal US] 410,0 [108.3]
Hydraulic system l [gal US] 90,0 [23.8]
Drum gearbox l [gal US] 3,5 [0.92]
Wheel gears l [gal US] 2x2,5 [3,3x0.87]
Vibrating drum l [gal US] 8,0 [2.1]
Windshield washer bowl l [gal US] 2,75 [0.72]

ASC 110/130/150
Engine (oil filling) Tier 1 and Tier 2 l [gal US] 16,3 [4.3]
Engine (oil filling) Tier 3 l [gal US] 11 [2.9]
Cooling system Tier 1 and Tier 2 l [gal US] 25,0 [6.6]
Cooling system Tier 3 l [gal US] 32,0 [8.5]
Fuel l [gal US] 410,0 [108.3]
Hydraulic system l [gal US] 90,0 [23.8]
Drum gearbox (ASC110/130 HD) l [gal US] 4,2 [1.11]
(ASC110/130HT; ASC150HD) l [gal US] 4,8 [1.27]
(ASC150HT) l [gal US] 5,1 [1.36]
Wheel gears l [gal US] 2x2,8 [2x0.74]
Vibrating drum l [gal US] 8,0 [2.1]
Windshield washer bowl l [gal US] 2,75 [0.72]

ASC 200/250
Engine (oil filling) l [gal US] 14,3 [3.78]
Cooling system l [gal US] 30,0 [7.9]
Fuel l [gal US] 405,0 [107.0]
Hydraulic system l [gal US] 100,0 [26.4]
Drum gearbox l [gal US] 7,7 [2.0]
Wheel gears l [gal US] 2x4,4 [2x1.2]
Vibrating drum l [gal US] 7,5 [1.98]
Windshield washer bowl l [gal US] 2,7 [0.71]
Cooling system of the Drum l [gal US] 185 [48.9]

58 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Electrical installation

ASC 70/90
Voltage V 24
Batteries Ah 2 x 61

ASC 100
Voltage V 24
Batteries Ah 2 x 61

ASC 110/150
Voltage V 24
Batteries Ah 2 x 100

ASC 200/250
Voltage V 24
Batteries Ah 2 x 100

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 59

60 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

6. Removing the engine

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 61

6. Removing the engine
Technical data

ASC 70/90 - TIER I

Manufacturer Cummins Diesel
Type of the engine B3.9-C99
Number of cylinders 4
Cylinder bore mm [in] 102 [4.02]
Stroke mm [in] 120 [4.72]
Total stroke capacity cm [cu in]
3
3900 [239]
Output of the engine ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW [HP] 74 [99]
Specific speed - revolutions per minute min-1 [RPM] 2200
Maximum torque Nm [ft lb] 407 [300] / 1400 min-1 RPM
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 70* l/h [gal US/h] 9 [2.4]
Engine fulfills requirements of 97/68/EC, EPA, CARB.
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 70/90 - TIER II

Manufacturer Cummins Diesel
Type of the engine B4.5 C 99
Number of cylinders 4
Cylinder bore mm (in) 102 (4,02)
Stroke mm (in) 138 (5,42)
Total displacement cm (cu in)
3
4500 (275)
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 74 (99)
Rated speed min (RPM)
-1
2200
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 70* l/h [gal US/h] 8.8 [2.3]
Engine fulfills requirements of DIR 97/68/EU STAGE 2
EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 TIER 2
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 70/90 - TIER III

Manufacturer Cummins Diesel
Engine type QSB3.3-C99
Number of cylinders 4
Total displacement (range of lift) cm3 (cu in) 3300 (199)
Engine power ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 74 (99)
Nominal rpm min (RPM)
-1
2200
Max torque Nm (ft lb) 412 (304) /1600 min-1 (RPM)
Fuel consumption at normal operation* l/h (gal US/h) 8,8 (2.32)
Engine meets emission regulations 97/68/EU level 3
EPA/CARB 40 CFR part 89 Tier 3
* As per ACZ methodology

62 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 100 - TIER I
Manufacturer Cummins Diesel
Type of the engine 4BTA 3.9-C116
Number of cylinders 4
Cylinder bore mm [in] 102 [4.02]
Stroke mm [in] 120 [4.72]
Total displacement cm [cu in]
3
3900 [239]
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW [HP] 86 [116]
Rated speed min [RPM]
-1
2500
Maximum torque Nm [ft lb] 423 [312] / 1500 min-1 [RPM]
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 100* l/h [gal US/h] 11,5 [3.03]
Engine fulfills requirements of Tier 1 97/68/EC
* According to method ACZ..

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 63

6. Removing the engine
ASC 110/150 - TIER I
Manufacturer Cummins Diesel
Type of the engine B5.9-C148
Number of cylinders 6
Cylinder bore mm (in) 102 (4.02)
Stroke mm (in) 120 (4.72)
Total stroke capacity cm (cu in)
3
5880 (359)
Output of the engine ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 110 (148)
Specific speed - revolutions per minute min-1 (RPM) 2200
Maximum torque Nm (ft lb) 597 (440) / 1600 min-1 RPM
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 110* l/h (gal US/h) 11,8 (3.12)
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 150* l/h (gal US/h) 12,5 (3.3)
Engine fulfills requirements of 97/68/EC, EPA, CARB.
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 110/130/150 - TIER II

Make Cummins Diesel
Type QSB5.9-C155
Number of cylinders 6
Bore mm (in) 102 (4,02)
Stroke mm (in) 120 (4,72)
Total displacement cm (cu in)
3
5880 (359)
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 116 (155)
Rated speed min-1 (RPM) 2200
Maximal torque Nm (ft lb) 597 (440) /1500 min-1 (RPM)
Fuel speed at normal operation* l/h (gal US/h) ASC 110 - 11,8 (3,12), ASC 150 - 12,5 (3,3)
Engine fulfills requirements of Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 2 EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 2
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 110/130/150 - TIER III

Make Cummins Diesel
Type QSB4.5-C160
Number of cylinders 4
Total displacement cm3 (cu in) 4500 (275)
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 119 (160)
Rated speed min (RPM)
-1
2200
Maximal torque Nm (ft lb) 624 (460) /1500 min-1 (RPM)
Fuel speed at normal operation* l/h (gal US/h) ASC 110 - 11,8 (3,12), ASC 150 - 12,5 (3,3)
Engine fulfills requirements of: Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 3
EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 3
* According to method ACZ.

64 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 200/250 - TIER I
Manufacturer Cummins Diesel
Type B5.9-C148
Number of cylinders 6
Bore mm [in] 102 [4.02]
Stroke mm (in) 120 [4.72]
Total displacement cm (cu in)
3
5880 [359]
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW [HP] 110[148]
Rated speed min-1 [RPM] 2200
Maximal torque Nm [ft lb] 597 [440] /1600 min-1 [RPM]
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 200* l/h [gal US/h] 11,8 [3.12]
Fuel consumption at normal operation ASC 250* l/h [gal US/h] 12,5 [3.3]
Engine fulfills requirements of 97/68/EC, EPA, CARB.
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 200/250 - TIER II

Make Cummins Diesel
Type QSB5.9-C205
Number of cylinders 6
Bore mm (in) 102 (4,02)
Stroke mm (in) 120 (4,72)
Total displacement cm (cu in)
3
5900 (360)
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 153 (205)
Rated speed min (RPM)
-1
2500
Maximal torque Nm (ft lb) 847 (625) /1500 min-1 (RPM)
Fuel speed at normal operation * l/h (gal US/h) ASC 200: 20,3 (5,36)
ASC 250: 21,1 (5,6)
Engine fulfills requirements of Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 2
EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 2
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 200/250 - TIER III

Make Cummins Diesel
Type QSB6.7-C220
Number of cylinders 6
Total displacement cm (cu in)
3
6700 (409)
Output according to ISO 3046/1 (DIN 6271) kW (HP) 164 (220)
Rated speed min (RPM)
-1
2200
Maximal torque Nm (ft lb) 949 (700) /1500 min-1 (RPM)
Fuel speed at normal operation * l/h (gal US/h) ASC 200: 21,5 (5,7)
ASC 250: 22,2 (5,9)
Engine fulfills requirements of Dir. 97/68/EU Stage 3
EPA/CARB 40 CFR Part 89 Tier 3
* According to method ACZ.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 65

6. Removing the engine
Motor oils and lubricating grease

Roller with engine Engine oil Amount [l gal]

ASC 70/90 TIER 1, ASC 100 TIER 1 API CE; SAE 15W/40 11,2 [2.96]
ASC 70/90 TIER 2 API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40 11,2 [2.96]
ASC 70/90 TIER 3 API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40 7,0 [1,85]
ASC 110 - 150 TIER 1 API CE; SAE 15W/40 16,3 [4.3]
ASC 110 - 150 TIER 2 API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40 16,3 [4.3]
ASC 110 - 150 TIER 3 API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40 11 [2.9]
ASC 200/250 TIER 1 API CE; SAE 15W/40 14,3 [3.78]
ASC 200/250 TIER 2 API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40 14,3 [3.78]
ASC 200/250 TIER 3 API CH 4/SJ, CI/SK; SAE 15W/40 19,7 [5.2]

Coolant fluid in engine

ASC 70/90 TIER 1, 2 19 [5.0]
ASC 70/90 TIER 3, ASC 100 TIER 1 24,0 [6.3]
ASC 110 - 150 TIER 1, 2 25 [6.6]
ASC 110 - 150 TIER 3 32 [8.5]
ASC 200/250 TIER 1-3 30 [7.9]

Lubricating grease
ISO 6743/9 CCEB 2
DIN 51 502 KP2K-30

Coolant is a mixture consisting of treated demineralized or distilled water and antifreeze ethylene glycol. Coolant can be also prepared
from a propylene glycol antifreeze. Minimum portion of the ethylene glycol or propylene glycol antifreeze in the coolant is 50 %.
Temperature limits of coolant at different contents of ethylene glycol or propylene glycol in the liquids used are given in the following
table:

antifreeze with ethylene glycol antifreeze with propylene glycol

50 % = –37 °C [–34 °F] 50 % = –33 °C [–27 °F]
60 % = –54 °C [–65 °F] 60 % = –49 °C [–56 °F]
68 % = –71 °C [–96 °F] 68 % = –63 °C [–82 °F]

Water for preparation of the coolant should be used according to the criteria given in the following table:

Water quality min. max.

pH factor at 20 °C [68 °F]
Content of chlorides (mg/dm )
Content of sulfates (mg/dm ) 3
Total hardness (°dGH)
6,5 8,5
3
- 100
- 100
3 12

Liquids: The liquids used must contain anticorrosive additives protecting all materials in the cooling system including rubber and the
head gasket. Liquids should not be mixed together with those of other marks. They must correspond to testing criteria as given in
ASTM 4985. Do not use a greater portion of the frost proof cooling agent in coolant than 50 % if it is not necessary.

Never use proportion greater than 68 %.

66 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Disassembly and assembly of the engine

Preparatory set-up
Preparatory activities and both dismantling and assembly of the
engine should be performed in accordance with the first chap-
ter „Safety Instructions“. Ecological measures and HEALTH prin-
ciples must be kept as well.

Dismantling of the engine

Lift the hood, support by fixture no.1 in lifted position
Disconnect electrical wiring

1 1

ASC101

ASC102

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 67

6. Removing the engine
Press out pins from piston ends in lifting hydraulic motors, se-
cure by fixture no. 2.

ASC103

Install fixture no. 3, lower the hood, support

ASC104

Remove hinges

ASC105

Attach hooks of fixture no. 3.

ASC106

68 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Set hood aside using fixture no. 3.

ASC107

ASC108

Loosen pouring throat, drain coolant

- for alle rollers with engine T1.

ASC109

- for ASC 200/250 with engine T3

ASC110

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 69

6. Removing the engine
- for ASC 70/90
- for ASC 110-150 with engine T3

ASC111

Drain coolant into a ready container.

ASC112

Disconnect hoses 27, 28 and rubber elbow 35. Remove hoses

83, 84 to the hydraulic oil radiator, plug up outlets. 27
35

83
84
ASC113

Remove holders 8.
8

ASC114

70 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Loosen bolts 53.

53

ASC115

Suspend radiator by hooks, set aside.

ASC116

ASC117

Remove cover of hydraulic tank

ASC118

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 71

6. Removing the engine
Remove suction hose 51 from hydraulic tank to steering pump.

51
ASC119

Plug up outlet.

ASC120

Disconnect hoses to steering pump, plug up.

ASC121

Loosen bolt of clamp 23 on the turbo.

23 23

ASC122

72 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove four bolts 28 on the air filter holder.

28

ASC123

Disconnect wiring to filter sensor, set filter aside.

ASC124

Loosen clamp on exhaust pipe 3.

ASC125

Remove bolts of exhaust pipe holder 31.

31

ASC126

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 73

6. Removing the engine
Set muffler aside.

ASC127

Plug up outlets

ASC128

Disconnect all wires – ground strip, starter wires, alternator

wires, water temperature and oil pressure sensor RPM meter,
and injection pump solenoid.

ASC129

Disconnect cable to gas control - for ASC 70/90 Tier 2,

ASC 110/150 Tier 1, ASC 200/250 Tier 1.

ASC130

74 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Disconnect control unit of engine T2, T3 for ASC 110÷250.

ASC131

Disconnect intake and overflow of fuel.

ASC132

Lift the cabin using hydraulic lift, then use crane to unload the
piston of the lifting hydraulic motor using fixture no.1.

ASC133

Remove bolts 53.

Set rubber wall aside.

53

ASC134

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 75

6. Removing the engine
Remove bolts 47 from flange 12.

47 12

ASC135

Suspend pump on crane.

ASC136

Slide out of the clutch 86, support.

86

ASC137

Remove nuts of front engine rubber mounting 64.

64

ASC138

76 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove nuts of rear rubber mounting 64.

64
ASC139

Suspend engine on crane by hooks.

ASC140

Extract, set aside on support no. 4.

ASC141

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 77

6. Removing the engine
Failure
Engine cannot be started
and starter is turning.
Engine cannot be started
and starter is not turning.
78
Cause
Empty fuel tank.
Untightness of the fuel system.
Aerated fuel system.
Clogged pre-cleaner, fuel cleaners or distributi-
on system.
Clogged pre-cleaner, fuel cleaners or distributi-
on system by paraffin sediments during winter.
The starter turns slowly - poorly charged battery, Inspect shape of the battery, replenish electro-
oxided terminals or loose clamps at the termi-
nals.
Too dense oil used in winter.
The engine gets stopped after starting by the
""engine stop“ device, the indicator of hydraulic
oil level is on.
The engine gets stopped after starting by the
""engine stop"" device, the indicator of hydraulic
oil level is off.
Faulty delivery valve at the injection pump.
The electrical system of the machine is discon-
nected.
Conditions of starting are not kept.
The travel control is out of the neutral position
and the indicator of neutral position is off.
Faulty battery of connections.
Starter.
Switch box.
Mechanical failure of the engine, the clutch or
the hydrostatic system.
Remedy
Replenish fuel and deareate the fuel system.
Inspect the connections, if tight; remove untight-
ness. Prime fuel with the hand priming pump.
Deareate the fuel system.
Clean the distribution system and replace the
filter elements.
Clean the system, use the winter-grade fuel.
lyte. Clean the contacts, grease and tighten the
clamps.
Use oil suitable for the actual ambient tempera-
ture.
Replenish hydraulic oil up to the prescribed level.
Check the indicator of hydraulic oil level. Check
voltage at the engine STOP magnet Y5 (inspect
the fuse F3, cables, relay K3, connectors).
Let it to be inspected by the engine manufactu-
rer’s service.
Turn the battery disconnector to turn on the
electrical system.
The tilting arm with the travel control is lifted,
or the push button of the emergency brake is
depressed.
Put the travel control into the neutral position.
Test the battery voltage, check the cables and
connections.
Inspect connection of the starter, check, if the
pinion shifts out.
Check function and connection of the switch
box (cables, function of the relay K4, terminal
switches S13, S10, S11, terminals etc.).
Verify, if the engine can rotate, by turning the
belt pulley at the crankshaft.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

Závada
The engine is getting
overheated.
The engine is not sufficient-
ly lubricated - the indicator
of lubrication is on.
The engine runs irregularly,
with low output
The engine excessively
smokes.
Excessive oil consumption.
The engine has not suffici-
ent output.
Further possible failures are described in the instruction manual of the engine, which is supplied with the machine.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
WORKSHOP MANUAL
Pravděpodobná příčina Určení (odstranění) závady
Shortage of coolant. Quickly stop the engine, replenish coolant, find
the untightness and repair it.
Clogged coolant radiator. Clean the radiator.
Failure of the belt tensioning, or broken belt. Repair the failure, replace the belt.
Improperly working thermostat. Verify function of the thermostat; replace if
necessary.
Considerable amount of dirt and sediments in Clean the cooling circuit.
the cooling circuit.
Faulty injection nozzles. Let expert to check them.
Improperly adjusted fuel volume supplied by Let to be adjusted in a specialized workshop.
the injection pump.
Ambient temperature too high. Work for a limited time and allow the engine to
cool down.
Improperly adjusted beginning of injection. Let expert to check it.
Engine oil level too low. Replenish oil.
Engine oil is leaking. Immediately stop the engine, inspect connecti-
ons of the lubrication system and repair the
untightness.
Used oil is of improper viscosity. Exchange oil for a recommended sort.
Overheated engine. Allow the engine to cool down. Seek for the
reason.
Aerated fuel system. Deareate the fuel system, repair the untightness.
Faulty injection nozzles. Let expert to check it.
Improper valve clearance. Let expert to check it.
Broken injection pipe. Let expert to check it.
Improperly adjusted injection pump. Let expert to check it.
Increased underpressure in the inlet branch of Check function of the underpressure switch.
the engine. Replace the filter elements if needed.
Oil level too high. Lower oil level to the upper mark at the dipstick.
Poor compression due to burned or broken Let the piston rings to be tested in a specia-lized
piston rings, or due to wrong valve clearance. workshop; adjust the valve clearance.
Untight oil system. Repair the untightness.
Untight piston rings, or generally worn engine. Let expert to check it.
Excessively clogged fuel cleaners. Replace the filter elements.
Wrong valve clearance. Adjust valve clearance.
Clogged holes of the injection nozzles; the Let expert to check it.
injectors are not adjusted to correct injection
pressure.
Improperly adjusted injection pump. Improperly Let expert to check it.
adjusted advanced injection angle. The cylinders
have not sufficient compression pressure. Failure
of the turbocharger.
79
6. Removing the engine
Fixtures

no. 1 Installation – ND080080 (cab support)

ND080080

no. 2 Installation – ND080220 (securing hydraulic cylinders

of hood lifting)

ND080220

no. 3 Handling – ND101778 (hooks for installation of hood)

ND101778

no. 4 Installation ND080183 (engine support)

ND080183

80 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

7. Drum removal

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 81

7. Drum removal

Attention! The mounting of the drum in the frame is different in roller ASC 200/250 compared to roller
series ASC 70÷150. Please pay attention to the text and illustrations pointing out these differences in
order to prevent injuries and damage to replaced parts. Please use recommended fixtures and special
tools.

Technical data

Description
Vibrating drum together with the driving lugs is fixed to both sides of the front frame using rubberized metal pieces of the prescribed
stiffness. The vibration effect is generated by means of two eccentric pairs located on both sides of the drum. The eccentric pieces are
joined by a shaft, and actuated by a hydraulic motor that is located on the left side of the drum. The drum is driven by a hydraulic mo-
tor located on the right side of the drum.

Technical data

Model ASC 70 D ASC 70 PD ASC 70 PDB

Drum diameter mm [in] 1300 [51.2] 1240 [48.8] 1240 [48.8]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] - 1400 [55.1] 1400 [55.1]
Drum width mm [in] 1680 [65.7] 1680 [65.7] 1680 [65.7]
Drum thickness mm [in] 25 [0.98] 15 [0.59] 15 [0.59]
Number of foot pads - - 104 104
Foot pad dimension mm [in] - 80 [3.15] 80 [3.15]

Model ASC 90 D ASC 90 PD ASC 90 PDB

Drum diameter mm [in] 1300 [51.2] 1240 [48.8] 1240 [48.8]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] - 1400 [55.1] 1400 [55.1]
Drum width mm [in] 1680 [65.7] 1680 [65.7] 1680 [65.7]
Drum thickness mm [in] 25 [0.98] 15 [0.59] 15 [0.59]
Number of foot pads - - 104 104
Foot pad dimension mm [in] - 80 [3.15] 80 [3.15]

Model ASC 100

Drum diameter mm [in] 1500 [59]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] -
Drum width mm [in] 2130 [83.6]
Drum thickness mm [in] 25 [0.98]
Number of foot pads - -
Foot pad dimension mm [in] -

Model ASC 110 D ASC 110 PD ASC 110 PDB

Drum diameter mm [in] 1500 [59.0] 1440 [56.7] 1440 [56.7]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] - 1640 [64.6] 1640 [64.6]
Drum width mm [in] 2200 [86.6] 2200 [86.6] 2200 [86.6]
Drum thickness mm [in] 25 [0.98] 20 [0.79] 20 [0.79]
Number of foot pads - - 150 150
Foot pad dimension mm [in] - 100 [3.93] 100 [3.93]

82 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Model ASC 150 D ASC 150 PD ASC 150 PDB

Drum diameter mm [in] 1500 [59.0] 1440 [56.7] 1440 [56.7]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] - 1640 [64.6] 1640 [64.6]
Drum width mm [in] 2200 [86.6] 2200 [86.6] 2200 [86.6]
Drum thickness mm [in] 40 [1.57] 28 [1.1] 28 [1.1]
Number of foot pads - 140 140
Foot pad dimension mm [in] 100 [3.93] 100 [3.93]

Model ASC 200 D ASC 200 PD ASC 200 PDB

Drum diameter mm [in] 1700 [67.0] 1600 [63] 1600 [63]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] - 1840 [72,5] 1840 [72,5]
Drum width mm [in] 2240 [88,25] 2240 [88,25] 2240 [88,25]
Drum thickness mm [in] 45 [1.77] 30 [1.18] 30 [1.18]
Number of foot pads - 150 150
Foot pad dimension mm [in] 120 [4.73] 120 [4.73]

Model ASC 250 D ASC 250 PD ASC 250 PDB

Drum diameter mm [in] 1700 [67.0] 1600 [63] 1600 [63]
Drum diameter over the foot pads mm [in] - 1908 [75,1] 1908 [75,1]
Drum width mm [in] 2240 [88,25] 2240 [88,25] 2240 [88,25]
Drum thickness mm [in] 50 [1.97] 30 [1.18] 30 [1.18]
Number of foot pads - 150 150
Foot pad dimension mm [in] 154 [6.1] 154 [6.1]

Fluid contents of vibrating rollers

Drum
Vibrator - oil - API CD EP; SAE 15W/40
ASC 70/90 6,7 [1.7.96]
ASC 110 - 150 16,3 [4.3]
ASC 200/250 14,3 [3.78]

Gear box - oil - API GL-5

SAE 80W/90 pro teplotu okolí -10 °C ÷ +30 °C [14 °F ÷ 86 °F]
SAE 80W/140 pro teplotu okolí +20 °C ÷ +45 °C [68 °F ÷ 113 °F]
ASC 70/90 (HD) 2,5 [0.66]
ASC 70/90 (HT) 2,8 [0.74]
ASC 110 - 130 (HD) 4,2 [1.11]
ASC 110 -130 (HT); ASC150 (HD) 4,8 [1.28]
ASC 150 (HT) 5,1 [1.36]
ASC 200/250 (HD) 7,7 [2.00]
ASC 250 (HT) 9,5 [2.51]

Grease
ISO 6743/9 CCEB 2
DIN 51 502 KP2K-30

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 83

7. Drum removal
Removing the drum from the machine

Lift the drum frame until the drum just touches the ground.
Support on both sides firmly with fixture no. 1.

ASC142

Remove cover of vibration hydraulic motor.

ASC143

Remove holders of vibration hydraulic motor hoses.

ASC144

Screw four bolts on vibration hydraulic motor off. Remove lower

bolts using fixture no. 2.

ASC145

84 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove hydraulic motor and set aside on the side of the frame.

ASC146

Remove holders of hoses on rear crossbeam of the frame.

ASC147

Remove holders of hoses of the travel hydraulic motor.

ASC148

Place a catch basin underneath the travel hydraulic motor.

ASC149

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 85

7. Drum removal
Removal of travel hydraulic motor hoses.

ASC150

Plug up outlets of hoses and the hydraulic motor.

ASC151

Tie up hoses to the mirror on the cab.

ASC152

Disconnect wires from the travel hydraulic motor (sensor, sole-

noid).

ASC153

86 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Unscrew plug in front cross beam 8, install hooks.

ASC154

ASC 200/250 - For suspending the crossbeam of the machine

use 2 lifting lug no. 7 (ND 090589), see fixtures Chapter 5 “Re-
moving of the joint“.
7

ASC155

Suspend crossbeam on the crane.

ASC156

Remove bolts 17 and 16 on both sides, set crossbeam aside.

17 16
ASC157

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 87

7. Drum removal
Loosen connecting bolts 37 of the frame with the bracket on the
left side, and 9 on the right side.

37 9
ASC158

ASC 70÷150 - Slide off rubber mounting using fixture bolts no.
3.

ASC159

ASC 70÷150 - Tighten rubber mounting by 8–10 mm (0.3÷0.4

in).

ASC160

ASC 200/250 -Remove bolts and pads 29.

29

ASC161

88 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 200/250 - Reinsert bolts and tighten to 30 mm (1.2 in).

ASC162

ASC 70÷250 - After having removed bolts that connect the

frame of the drum, remove spacers.

ASC163

ASC 200/250 - When reinstalling the spacers, insert front spac-

ers with hole down.

ASC164

ASC 200/250 - Rear spacers the other way around.

ASC165

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 89

7. Drum removal
Roll the drum from the frame.

ASC166

Install drain plug in the left lid in lower position.

ASC167

Use chock no. 5 to prevent movement.

5
ASC168

Unscrew drain plug 33 from the lid of the vibrator, drain oil to
catch basin.

33

ASC167A

90 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Turn bracket 2 and remove bolts 39 one after the other. The
remaining two bolts in the horizontal axis to be removed first 39
after mounting to the fixture. 2

Note
applies to ASC 70÷150. In ASC 200/250 there is
another method used for mounting bracket 2, the remaining
two bolts to be removed in horizontal level.

ASC169

ASC 70÷150 - Place console 2 vertically and using fixture no. 5

attach to the crane.
5

ASC170

ASC 70÷150 - Remove last two bolts 39.

39

ASC171

ASC 70÷150

39
39

ASC172

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 91

7. Drum removal
ASC 70÷150 - Remove console together with the vibrator plate
from the drum – set aside. Remove fixture bolts no.3. one after
the other.
3

ASC173

ASC 200/250 - Mount suspension eyelet no. 7 to bracket 2. Do

not insert a pad between bracket 2 and the eyelet, which is part
of fixture no. 7

Note
the pad is used for the removal of the other (right) side of the
drum. 7

ASC174

ASC 200/250 - Suspend the bracket using fixtures no 6 and 7

positioned as illustrated, and remove remaining two bolts in the 6
horizontal axis.

ASC175

Remove bolts 44, remove console 2 from rubberized metal

pieces.

ASC176

92 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Vibrator plate to be rotated and placed on the rubber mount-
ing.

ASC177

Remove safety pad 31.

31

ASC178

Place fixture no. 8 on nut 30.

ASC179

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 93

7. Drum removal
Remove nut 30 and pad 31.

ASC180

30 31

ASC181

Turn vibrator plate 5 with hub 9 upside down – support.

5

9
ASC182

Remove bolts 42.

42
42

42

ASC183

94 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Insert bolts in the hole, fixture no. 9, by stepwise tightening re-
move hub 9. If necessary use bolt fixture no. 9
Note
bolts (3 pieces) are part of fixture no. 9 as position 2 – see Fix- 9
tures.

ASC184

Press out bearing 28 from the hub, seal ring 22, and collar /23.
23

22
28

ASC185

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 95

7. Drum removal
Vibrator plate assembly

Follow removal procedure in reverse order during assem- 28

bly
Press outer ring of bearing 28, turn and press outer ring of the 22
bearing, install seal ring 22 using fixture no. 10.
28

ASC185A

On the vibrator plate bearing install ”O” ring 26 and ring 13 pre-
heated to 90 °C (when replacing). Insert inner part of the bear-
ing 28 - preheat to 90 ÷ 110 °C.

28

26

13
ASC186

Fill bearings with grease, insert hub 29.

29

ASC187

Insert the inner part of bearing 28 - preheat to 90÷110 °C.

28

ASC188

96 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Insert pad 31, nut 30.
30 31

ASC181

Tighten with fixture no. 8 (tap on the fixture while tightening).

ASC180A

Tighten the nut with torque using fixture no. 11

Roller Bearing Tighting torque Nm

11
ASC 70/90 28 70÷80
ASC 100 28 70÷80
ASC 110/150 28 75÷80
ASC 200/250 32 80÷100

ASC189

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 97

7. Drum removal
Removal of the right side of the drum
ASC 70÷150 - Turn the drum to position in Fig.

ASC190

ASC 70÷150 - Using fixture no. 5 suspend console 01 on the

crane.

1 5

ASC191

ASC 70÷150 - Remove bolts 45.

45

ASC192

ASC 70÷150 - Set the console with the driving lug aside.

1
3
ASC193

98 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 200/250 - Revome holders 7.

ASC194

ASC 200/250 - Turn the drum to position as in Fig., install sus-

pension eyelet no. 7 to bracket 1. Insert the pad of the fixture 7a
between bracket 1 and eyelet no. 7.
Suspend bracket using fixtures no. 6 and 7 in position as in Fig. 7a
1
7

ASC195

7
6

ASC196

Remove outer rubber mounting 35 and bracket 1.

35

1
ASC197

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 99

7. Drum removal
Removal and installation of vibrators

- The right side - ASC 70/ASC 90

Attention!
In roller the vibration exciter in the twin version
(left and right vibrator) of two vibrators on the same
shaft. For the reason of higher weight the vibration
exciter is remover (installed) in the vertical position
of the drum from the left side. When replacing the
bearing of the right lid, it is necessary to place the
drum with its left side down by means of two clamps
no. 13 on suitable padding (beams of hardwood).
ASC198

After remove set lid 12.

12

ASC199

ASC 110/150
A
ASC 200/250
Remove bolts 38 – suspend lid 8 on fixture no. 12, using three
bolts M16 in service holes „A“, press the lid from the front of the
drum.
A
12

38
A 8
ASC200

Set lid aside.

8
12

100 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Using same fixture remove vibrator.
ASC 70/ASC90 - Before removing the vibrator, position the
drum vertically with its right side down. Having removed the
left lid pull the vibrator out of the drum using fixture no. 14 (ex-
tender for suspension eyelet).

12

ASC202

Remove bolts 40, lid 10, safety ring 18, press out outside rings of
bearings 19 from lids 8 and 10, remove connecting shaft 5.
Not aplicable for ASC 70/ASC 90.

40

5 10

19

ASC203

Use same procedure for removing lids 7, 10 and vibrator on the

left side of the drum.

7
ASC204

ASC 110/150
ASC 200/250
Warm up bearing rings 19 to 90–110 °C and slide off shafts.

19 19

ASC205

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 101

7. Drum removal
ASC 70/90 - design of vibrator.

ASC198

Take out half-segments of rings 7 and the loose cam 2. The rigid
cam may be removed by milling the cam body 1 in its weakest 3,4
point, or use new shaft 3, 4 with cam 1.
2

1 ASC206

If new parts are used in mounting the vibrator, warm up the ec-
center to 250÷350 °C, and place it on the fixture pad no.15, and
insert in it shafts 3, and 4 with key 11. 3,4

11
Attention
applicable to ASC 200/250. when handling eccenter 1
1 use fixture no.16. When handling shafts 3 and 4
use fixture no. 17.

15

ASC207

Press bushing 8 into cam 2 using fixture no. 18.

8
ASC208

102 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Calibrate bushing using fixture no. 18.
18

ASC209

Further operations are identical for both sides od the drum

and follow the procedure in reverse. For installing outer rings
of bearings 19 to lids 7, 8, and 10, follow pairing with internal 19
bearing rings.

Attention
applicable to ASC 70/90. First install the right lid
with the bearing, position the drum vertically using
clamps no. 13, and install the vibrator using fixture
no. 14. When the vibration exciter is in place, check
axial free play of bearings of the ecciter, see Fig. on
next page - down there. 7,8
ASC210

Install safety ring 17. For installation of connecting shaft 5, one

must observe the correct position of vibrators against each oth-
er – this is done by groove „A“ on both ends of the shaft against
pins 12 in cams 3 and 4. A

Attention
The shaft (5) is not used for ASC 70/ASC 90.

5
17
ASC211

Pins 12 to be pressed into both shafts 3 and 4, establish position

using fixture no.19.
Not applicable for ASC 70/ASC 90

3,4 12

ASC212

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 103

7. Drum removal
After having installed lids 7 and 8, test using fixture no. 20. Axial
play of bearings of both vibratos to be 1,5–2,5 mm.

20
ASC213

For replacement of vibration hydraulic motors 35, hub 4 must

be heated up to 200 °C, and slid on the output shaft of the hy- 35
draulic motor. The guide pin on the spline must move freely to
full stop and must not be forced.
4

ASC214

Use Loctite-577 to glue bolts 14 of hydraulic motor 35.

Tightening torque for bolt RIPPLOCK (without washer) and hy- 14

dromotor vibration! ASC215

Maschine Hydromotor part number Bolt-part number Torque-Nm

ASC 70 / 90 ND101965 M14x1,5 - ND118093 160

ASC 110 ND090922 M14x1,5 - ND118093 120

ASC 100 / 110 ND122025 M12 - ND119917 110

ASC 110 ND139768 M14x1,5 - ND118093 160

ASC 130 / 150 ND122026 M12 - ND119917 110

ASC 130 / 150 ND090930 M14x1,5 - ND118093 120

ASC 200 / 250 ND090761 M14x1,5 - ND118093 120

104 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Dismantling of the rubber mounting on ASC
200/250

The left side

Ease the frame of the drum up to prevent the rubber mounting
from overstraining.

ASC216

Remove holder 8.

ASC217

Remove external rubber mounting 35.

35

ASC218

ASC219

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 105

7. Drum removal
Loosen bolts of the rear rubber mounting.

ASC220

Position spanner between the drum frame and the vibration

plate 5, unbrace.

5
ASC221

ASC222

Replace internal rubber mounting and tighten to torque – see

torque specification table.

ASC223

106 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Install external rubber mounting 35.

ASC219

Mount holder, tighten bolts to torque – see torque specification

table.

Replace remaining rubber mounting one by one on the left side

of the drum using same procedure.
ASC217A

The right side

Remove holder pos. 7.

ASC194

Remove external rubber mounting 35.

35

ASC224

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 107

7. Drum removal
Remove internal rubber mounting 35.

ASC225

Position spanner between carrier 2 and the front face of the

drum, unbrace, replace rubber mounting, and tighten to torque,
see torque specification table. 2

ASC226

Install external rubber mounting.

ASC224A

Mount holder, tighten bolts of the holder and the rubber mount-
ing to torque – see table.

Replace remaining rubber mounting one by one on the right

side of the drum using same procedure. ASC227

108 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures

No.1 - ND 107453 - Handling (support under frame with

drum)
ASC 70/90
No.1 - ND080088 - Handling (support under frame with drum)
ASC 110÷ASC 250

ND080088

No.2 - ND090605 - Installation (for assembly of vibration

hydromotor) ASC 70÷ASC 250

ND080605

No.3 - ND080073 - Installation - (bolts for clamping rubber-

ized metal pieces)
Note: not used for ASC 200/250

ND080073

No.4 - ND090535 - Handling (wedge for drums)

ASC 70÷ASC 250

ND090535

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 109

7. Drum removal
No. 5 - ND107327 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)
ASC 70/90
No. 5 - ND080149 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)
ASC 110/150

ND080149

No.6 - ND107322 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)

ASC 200/250

ND107322

No. 7 - ND107323 - Handling (for consoles pos.2 and 30-1)

ASC 200/250

ND107323

No. 8 - ND080229 - Installation (for tightening nut KM26)

ASC 70÷ASC 150
No. 8 - ND090613 - Installation (for tightening nut KM30)
ASC 200/250

ND080229

110 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
No. 9 - ND101781 - Installation (disassembly of hub 9, vibra-
tion plate 3 and bearings 28)
Pos. 1 one version for ASC 70÷ASC 150
other version for ASC 200/250 1
Pos. 2 bolt M14 for rollers ASC 70÷ASC 150
bolt M16 for rollers ASC 200/250
2

ND101781

No.10 - ND101776 - Installation (for pressing seal ring)

ASC 70÷ASC 150
No.10 - ND107119 - Installation (for pressing seal ring)
ASC 200/250

ND101776

No.11 - ND101777 - Control (for checking prestress on conical

bearings in hub 9) - ASC 70÷ASC 150
No.11 - ND080219 - Control (for checking prestress on conical
bearings in hub) - ASC 200/250

ND101777

No.12 - ND080148 - Installation (for lids 7, 8, 10 and vibrators)

ASC 110/150
No.12 - ND080203 - Installation (for lids 10, 11, 12 and vibra-
tors) - ASC 200/250

ND080148

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 111

7. Drum removal
No.13 - ND090512 - Handling (clamp for installed of the drum
vertically) - ASC 70/90

ND090512

No.14 - ND081983 - Handling (for shaft of vibrators)

ASC 70/90

ND081983

No.15 - ND080297 - Installation (support for fixed excenter 1)

ASC 70/90
No 15 - ND080213 - Installation (support for fixed excenter 1)
ASC 110÷250

ND080297

No.16 - ND081205 - Handling (for fixed eccenter 1)

ASC 200/250

ND081205

112 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
No.17 - ND081213 - Handling (lifting for exciter shaft)
ASC200/250

ND081213

No.18 - ND080145 - Installation (for pressing and calibration

of bushing 8) - ASC 70÷150
No.18 - ND080202 - Installation (for pressing and calibration
of bushing 8) - ASC 200/250

ND080145

No.19 - ND080146 - Installation (for setting up position pin 12)

ASC 150÷250
No.20 - ND080147 - Control (axial play of bearings 14)
44

160

ND080146

ASC 70÷250

ND080147

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 113

114 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

8. Articulated joint

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 115

8. Articulated joint
Description
2
ASC 70÷150 - The joint connecting the drum frame with the
rear frame is equipped with a large-size bearing 1 with cross 1
rollers allowing for the frame to swing in the vertical plane, and
two vertical pins 2 allowing for steering angle in the horizontal
plane.

ASC228

ASC 200/250 - The joint connecting the drum frame with the
rear frame is equipped with a large-size bearing 1 with cross 1
rollers allowing for the frame to swing in the vertical plane, and
one vertical pin 2 allowing for steering angle in the horizontal
plane.

ASC229

Specifications:

ASC 70/90 ASC 110/150 ASC 200/250

Frame swing in vertical plane max. (±°) 12 10 10
Steering angle in horizontal plane max. (±°) 36 36 36

Place the machine on firm ground, support the frame in front

using fixture no. 1

1
ASC230

116 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Support frame in the rear using fixture no. 2

2
ASC231

Remove shims 11.

11

ASC232

Using fixture no. 3 press out pins 10 out of the ends of pistons of
the linear hydraulic motor 1, rings 9, seal rings 21. 9

1 21

10

3
ASC233

Remove hose clamps on the drum frame

ASC232A

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 117

8. Articulated joint
Remove clamping of hoses on the hinge and the rear frame

ASC234

Remove cover of vibration hydraulic motor.

ASC235

Remove vibration hydraulic motor, use fixture no. 4 for bottom

bolts

ASC236

Slide hydraulic motor from the drum, set aside.

ASC237

118 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
ASC 70÷150 - Suspend drum with the frame using fixture no.5.
For drum ASC 110/150 use two twin-hooks because of the
weight.
5

ASC238

ASC 200/250 - For the manner of suspension see Fig.

Max.
17200 kg
37,900 lb
No.6
No.7

ASC338

Remove bolts 40.

40
18
ASC239

Set aside the drum with front frame on the right side outside
the machine.

ASC240

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 119

8. Articulated joint
Place fixture no.8 underneath.

ASC241

8 8 ASC339

Place hoist under frame plate 2. Remove bolts 38.

38

ASC242

Tight the bolt 38 with torque according to table, safe the screw 8
Loctite 243. Use the new bolt see the Spare parts. 11 5
2 15

Roller Tighting torque Nm 12

14
ASC 70/100 117
ASC 110/150 184 4 3
ASC 200/250 387

7 9

10 6

1 13
16 ASC446

120 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Plate 2 aside.

ASC243

Loosen bolts 37

37

ASC244

Tight the bolt 37 with torque according to table, safe the screw
Loctite 243. Use the new bolt see the Spare parts. 17 5 13
8 9
12 3
Roller Tighting torque Nm
ASC 70/100 117 2 18

ASC 110/150 184

14
ASC 200/250 387
4 6

16 10
7 19
11 1 15
ASC447

Place fixture no.9 under the upper bolt, suspend on crane using
fixture no.10.
Set bearing aside. 9

10

ASC245

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 121

8. Articulated joint
Loosen nut 25.
Remove nut 25 using wrench no. 11.

The nut reassemble torque:

Roller Tighting torque Nm

ASC 70/100 200
ASC 110/150 260
ASC 200/250 400

11

ASC246

Remove clamps of the pin, press out the pins 12 using jack, see
Fig., or fixture no.12.
12

12
ASC247

Using crane set hub assembly 3 aside.

ASC248

Remove lids 10, 11, and spacing pads 13.

11

10
13 ASC249

122 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Press out bearings 24 using fixture no.13.

24

ASC250

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 123

8. Articulated joint
Fixtures

No. 1 - ND084425 - Installation (front rack under the tractor

frame) - ASC 70÷250

ND084425

No. 2 - ND080211 - Installation (rear rack under the tractor

frame) - ASC 70+250
No. 2 - ND080324 - Installation (rear rack under the tractor
frame) - ASC 110/150

ND080211

No. 3 - ND101782 - Installation (for pressing out pin 10 - hydr.

cylinder+joint) - ASC 70÷ASC 250

ND101782

No. 4 - ND090605 - Installation (wrench for assembly of vibra-

tion hydromotor) - ASC 70÷ASC 250

ND080605

124 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
No. 5 - ND090503 - Handling (chain double-hook 5.6t for the
drum) ASC 70/90
No. 5 - ND090586 - Handling (chain double-hook 8t for the
drum) ASC 110/150

ND090586

No. 6 - ND090588 - Handling (chain four-hook for the drum)

ASC 200/250

ND090588

No. 7 - D090589 - Handling (lifting eye - screw M36)

ASC 200/250

ND090589

No. 8 - ND080088 - Installtion (support under frame with

drum) ASC 110÷250
No. 8 - ND107453 - Installtion (support under frame with
drum) ASC 70/90

ND080088

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 125

8. Articulated joint
No. 9 - ND103875 - Handling (lifting eye for bearing 23)
ASC 70÷250

ND103875

No.10 - ND080148 - Handling (together with ND 103875 sus-

pension eyelet) - ASC 70÷250

ND080148

No.11 - ND090610 - Installation (wrench for nut KM 11)

ASC 70/90
No.11 - ND090610 - Installation (wrench for nut KM 14)
ASC 110/150
No.11 - ND107334 - Installation (wrench for nut KM 20)
ASC 200/250

ND090610

No.12 - ND107333 - Installation (pressing for pin 12)

ASC 70/90
No.12 - ND103877 - Installation (pressing for pin 12)
ASC 110÷250

ND101782

126 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
No.13 - ND090480 - Installation (for bearing pos.24 99/ 81)
ASC 70/90
No.13 - ND090480 - Installation (for bearing pos.24 129/ 105)
ASC 110/150
No.13 - ND090480 - Installation (for bearing pos.24 198/ 180)
ASC 200/250

ND090480

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 127

128 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 129

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch
Lift the cabin using hydraulic lift, then use crane to unload the
piston of the lifting hydraulic motor using fixture no.1.

ASC252

Remove bolts 53.

Set rubber wall aside.

53

ASC253

Remove hose clamps.

ASC254

Disconnect wires to hydraulic generators.

ASC255

130 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove hoses from hydraulic generators.

ASC256

ASC257

ASC258

ASC259

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 131

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch
Plug outlets of hydraulic generators and hose ends.

ASC260

ASC261

ASC262

Suspend vibration hydraulic generator on the crane, remove

bolts connecting both hydraulic generators.

ASC263

132 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Slide out and set aside.

ASC264

Suspend travel hydraulic generator on the crane.

ASC265

Remove bolts 47, 56 off flange 12.

47
56 12

ASC266

Slide out of clutch 86.

86

ASC267

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 133

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch
Set hydro generator with flange aside.

ASC268

Remove bolts T1 of “A“ segment.

T1

ASC269

Remove bolts T2, pull down the coupling segment 86 from the
hydraulic generator shaft, remove bolts T1 and segment „B“.

T1 B
T2

86
ASC270

Remove bolts 55, and flange 12.

55

12

ASC271

134 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Clutch

Assembly clutch T1 2
Install „A“ segments to the balance-wheel. Center the segments
using fixture No. 2. Lubricate T 1 bolts under the head with A
grease, tighten them by means of the torque as given in the ta-
ble. Check their position after tightening. A A

ASC272

Fix flange 12 on the flange of the travel hydraulic generator and

coupling 86 with „B“ segments. Tighten T 2 bolts of coupling 86
by means of the torque as given in the table, see next page.
12
T1

T2
B

86
ASC270A

When installing coupling 86, define axial clearance between the

balance-wheel face and the elastic element of clutch. Measure
the distance „a“ from the face of the balance-wheel box.

ASC273

Measure distance „b“ from the elastic element face to the seat-
ing area of flange 12.

ASC274

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 135

9. Removal of pumps, cento clutch
Difference in the distances a - b = 1 ÷ 3 mm.

12

47, 71 b

a
ASC438

Colored (e. g. blue color) material is deposited on the thread of

the supplied countersunk hexagonal screws. Such material in-
cludes a film of adhesive and prevents its releasing. The time
of hardening of such adhesive material after screwing the bolts
is 4 ÷ 5 hours at the ambient temperature of 20 °C. The opera-
tion of the machine should not start before this time period
has elapsed. Full hardening is finished after 24 hours. At higher
temperatures the hardening can be faster, e. g. 15 minutes at 70
°C (heating performed by a hot air fan). Temperature stability
of the bolts is between -80 ÷ +90 °C (-112÷ +194 °F) and they
can be used three times at maximum. The adhesive material is
sometimes wiped off and it is deposited between the head of
the bolt and the segment. This is not a defect, rather advantage
- both areas will adhere to each other better. If original supplied
bolts are not available, both the bored thread and bolt must be
carefully degreased and a layer of Loctite or Omnifit should be
applied to them.
Spring washers are not allowed!

The tandem of hydraulic generators including the connection of

hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring should be installed using a
crane in the opposite way.

Tightening torque
T 1 bolt 155 ÷ 165 Nm
T 2 bolt 120 Nm

136 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures

No.1 - ND080078 - Handling (cabin support)

ND080078

No.2 - ND080155 - Assembly (for clutch)

ND080155

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 137

138 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

10. Steering cylinders

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 139

10. Steering cylinders
Removal from the machine

Place the machine on firm flat ground. Set steering to its maximum turn and lift the cabin for easier access. Place a tray under the dis-
mounted hydraulic motor. Disconnect hoses and plug them up. Remove shims 11 and bolts 16, and press out pins 10 from the ends
using fixture No.3. Push the piston rod in after the piston rod pin has been pressed out. Remove the linear hydraulic motor from the
machine using hoist, sliding it out through the rear frame opening towards the drum.

ASC440

Removal of linear hydraulic motor – replacement

of seals

Place a receptacle under the hydraulic motor, plug openings.

Drill out safety pin from the face of the front lid 1 (bend lid 1 6
4 3 1
safety) depending on the type of the linear hydraulic motor. Us- 2
ing fixture wrench No. 5, 6 (depending on the type of the linear
hydraulic motor) remove lid 1, slide piston rod 2 with piston 3,
remove nut 4 and the piston. Slide lid 1.

ASC363

140 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Grease sliding faces, watch out for damage to sliding faces. In-
stall parts with new seals after straightening out the seals. At
least 15 minutes should elapse between the installation of new
seals and the completion of assembly of the linear hydraulic mo-
tor. Use fixture No.2 for the installation of the piston rod with the
1 1 1 6 6 2
piston in the cylinder body. Tighten threaded joints with torque
specified in the table. 3

Asembly sealing material kits

Item No. Description

1 Sealing 5 5 4 4
2 Collar
3 Scraping ring ASC347
4 Guiding band
5 Ring
6 Ring

Note
The respective sealing material may be ordered as a kit from the
cylinder manufacturer specifying manufacturing number of the
equipment.

TIGHTENING TORQUE TABLE

ASC 70/90 - Hydraulic cylinder 80/40-400

Connection of piston rod Connection of cylinder body, cover

Thread Tighting torque Nm [ft lb] Thread Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]
M 30x2 130 [96] M 85x1,5 180 [133]

ASC 110/150 - Hydraulic cylinder 90/45-400

Connection of piston rod Connection of cylinder body, cover

Thread Tighting torque Nm [ft lb] Thread Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]
M 32x2 140 [103] M 95x1,5 200 [183]

ASC 200/250 - Hydraulic cylinder 110/55-400

Connection of piston rod Connection of cylinder body, cover

Thread Tighting torque Nm [ft lb] Thread Tighting torque Nm [ft lb]
M 42x3 180 [133] M 115x2 220 [162]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 141

10. Steering cylinders
Fixtures

No.1 - ND101785 - Installation (wrench for removal of lid

of hydraulic cylinders 80/40) - ASC 70/90

ND101785

No.1 - ND107337 - Installation (wrench for removal of lid

of hydraulic cylinders 90/45) - ASC 110/150
No.1 - ND101328 - Installation (wrench for removal of lid
of hydraulic cylinders 110/55) - ASC 200/250

ND107337

No.2 - Assembly - ND101783 (for assembly of piston to hydr.

cylinder)

ND101783

No.3 - Assembly - ND101782 (for pressing pin 10)

ND101782

142 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

11. Controls

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 143

11. Controls
Travel control

The control may be fixed in position using adjustable clamp..

The travel control operates also as a service and parking brake.
The vibrator pushbutton is located in the lever to be available
for the interruption of vibrations any time.

ASC275

Disassembly and assembly of steering

Remove steering wheel cup 6, remove nut 21, insert fixture No.1
under the steering wheel, remove steering wheel using steering
wheel spanner, dismantle steering wheel bracket 1, slide it with
the steering rod 2 out from the steering column. Dismantle se-
curing rings 30, 31, press shaft 2 out together with the bearing,
remove bearing 9 from the shaft.
Press the bearing on the shaft (the bearing shall be degreased
and fresh grease shall be applied, see table in Section D), secure
with locking ring 31, press into bracket 1, secure with locking
ring 30, mount it to the steering column, check that no clear-
ance appears between bracket 1 and the steering column after
the shaft has been set in steering. Mount the steering wheel.

ASC442

Accelerator control removal and assembly

Disconnect the accelerator cable.
Valid for roller:
ASC 70/90 - engine T1, T2
ASC 110-150 - engine T1
ASC 200-250 - engine T1

ASC276

144 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Dismantle and lift the instrument panel, loosen nuts 22, remove
accelerator 8, bracket 3 and lid 13. When the cable is to be re-
placed, undo the clamp on the fuel injection pump lever. Grease
the new cable. Adjust clearance between lid 13 and the switch,
when reassembling the accelerator. Set the position of lid 13 for
the vibrator switch to engage at engine max. speeds.
1mm
22
Speed value (RPM)
ASC 70/ASC 90 Tier 1+2 2200+30
ASC 110/130 ASC Tier 1 2250+50
ASC 150 Tier 1 2250+30
ASC 200/ASC 250 Tier 1 2500+30 8 13
3
ASC277

Removing and reassembling travel control, brake adjust-

ment
Remove bolts 1, the instrument panel with the control, cabling.
Remove bolts 2 and the controller. Unscrew the controller plas-
tic cover, set the brake on the lever of the controller.

2
1

ASC278

Fixtures

no.1 Assembly - ND080755 (washer for disassembly of steer-

ing wheel)

ND080755

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 145

146 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

12. The driver‘s station assembly

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 147

12. The driver‘s station assembly
Dismantling

Loosen nuts of the driver‘s station.

ASC279

ASC280

Fold the station using the lifting hydraulic motor.

ASC281

Disconnect the cable on the injection pump 3, drain partially

the cooling fluid, disconnect heater hoses 1, 2, electrical cables,
remove power steering assembly underneath the cabin, discon- 2 1
nect anchor chain, lower the cabin, hook up the hoist by the
eyelets on the cabin roof and lay it aside.

Assemble in reverse order, add cooling fluid.

ASC282

148 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Cabin

Disassembly of rear window wiper - remove cover 6 - , wiper,

nut on the shaft of wiper 1, bolts 9 see, clamps with the wiper
motor.

Tightening torque of the nut on the wiper arm

Thread Torque [Nm] 6

M8 9 - 10
M 10 25 ASC283

9
9

ASC284

Removing the front wiper - remove bolts 75 of the upper cover

14.

75
75
14

ASC285

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 149

12. The driver‘s station assembly
Disconnect cables, remove nut of drive 1 and the drive. Discon-
nect cables, remove clamp 6 with fan 14.

14
6 2 2
1
ASC286

Remove nut of wiper 1, nut of drive shaft 2.

1
2

ASC287

Door locks

Remove lower cover 10.

10

ASC288

Remove nut 63, disconnect rods 64, 65, remove rod 64.

65

63

64
ASC289

150 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove flange 103, loosen bolts 75, remove handle with push-
button and washers.

75

103

64

75
ASC290

Remove bolts 81, left and right lock 8, 9.

8
81

Assemble in reverse order. Set up the push-button and the lock

by adjusting nut 63. ASC291

Seat

Fold control panel 1 on the right side of the seat, remove cover
2 below, disconnect cables, free and fold.

2 ASC292

The cover bellows, remove nuts, lift out the seat. Remove bolts
20, grid 8 on both sides.

20
ASC293

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 151

152 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

13. Disassembly of heater

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 153

13. Disassembly of heater
Loosen pouring plug 33.
33

ASC294

Loosen drain valve on the radiator. Loosen pouring throat, drain

coolant - for alle rollers with engine T1

ASC295

- for ASC 200/250 with engine T3

ASC110

- for ASC 70/90

- for ASC 110-150 with engine T3

ASC111

154 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Drain coolant into a ready container.

ASC112

Lift the cab.

ASC296

Remove heater cover.

ASC297

Disconnect air pipes, wiring, and remove heater cock from the
cabin frame.

ASC298

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 155

13. Disassembly of heater
Disconnect input and return heater hose.

ASC299

ASC300

Remove bolts that attach the return heater hose on the cover.

ASC301

Remove heating unit.

ASC303

156 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove heat exchanger.

Assembly reverse order. Fill up coolant level. Check watertight.

ASC304

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 157

13. Disassembly of heater
Air-conditioning Data:
Cooling power [kW] 3
Heat is removed from evaporator 5 inside the cabin (low-pres-
sure loop) and delivered on the condenser 2, located in front Voltage [V] 24
of the engine radiator (high-pressure loop). Compressor 1 sucks Current [A] 6
cooling vapors from the evaporator and presses them to con- Volume of air in evaporator [m3/h] 400
denser 2. There the cooling vapors are condensed and flow over
dehydrating filter 3 to heat expanding valve 4. Valve 4 sprays Volume of air in condenser [m /h]
3
900
liquid coolant to evaporator 5, where heat is absorbed from the Coolant R 134a
cabin, the liquid evaporates, and the vapors are sucked in to the
Volume of coolant [kg] 0,95
compressor.
High-pressure protection [MPa] 2,7
Low-pressure protection [MPa] 0,2
Valid for machine with serial number to:
ASC 70/90 539/540
ASC 110 1004
ASC 130 53
ASC 150 643
ASC 200 85

3 1 5
2 4

282N093T

158 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Defects in air-conditioning system

Always call Service for repairs!

Defect Causes
The unit check compressor belt
doesn‘t check evaporator fan - NG - check fuses F7 in
cool the fuse box - see Driver‘s Manual
check coolant level in inspection hole of the de-
hydrator fi lter - leak (bubbles, fogging up, etc.)
check electromagnetic latch, wi th engine
running wi th A/C on - the latch doesn‘t react
(no click in compressor )
1. faulty fuse F7,
2. faulty thermostat,
3. faulty pressure fuse.

Replacing (tightening) the belt

Loosen bolts 16, 17 and belt 13 (remove) by swinging compres- 17

sor 12 in (-) direction. Tighten using suitable lever by swinging -
the compressor in (+) direction. +

12

13
16 17 ASC439

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 159

13. Disassembly of heater

7 1
4

L H
M 8

3 9

85 87
87

30
86
5 10

6 2

ASC441

1 - Compressor
2 - Condenser fan
3 - A/C fan
4 - Fan control
5 - Accumulator
6 - Relays
7 - Switch
8 - Thermostat
9 - Pressure fuse
10 - Compressor fuse

160 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Safety rules

•• During your work on the A/C system or near it use always

goggles and gloves.

First aid
•• Should the coolant get in your eyes, wash them with ample
quantity of water and seek medical help immediately
•• Should your skin come into contact with the coolant, wash
the affected spot with a large quantity of warm (not hot) wa-
ter. Protect the burn with sterile gauze and seek out medical
help immediately
•• Should anyone be overcome by vapors from the coolant,
carry such person on fresh air, and if necessary, perform arti-
ficial respiration, and call for medical help.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 161

162 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

14. Electrical installation

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 163

14. Electrical installation
The electrical installations is valid for rollers with engine
B5.9 according to TIER I (It is also valid for the machine ASC 51 50
70/90 with engine Tier II)

50 - Fuse box
Fuses in the upper row see:

Fuse (F1) -20 A (upper fuse) front and rear lights, front
silhouette lights and rear limit lights,
auxiliary spotlights, instrument panel
illumination, raising and lowering the
hood and driver’s station, license plate
illumination.
282k0007
Fuse (F2) -10 A service light plug, cab illumination,
emergency horn, directional lights, bea-
con.
Fuse (F3) -7,5 A brake, engine STOP, drive, vibration,
brake lights, back-up horn, level of hy-
draulic oil indicator, vibration on indica-
tor, brake indicator, neutral position of
drive control indicator.
Fuse (F4) - 7,5 A indicator of ATC differential lock
Fuse (F5) - 5 A coolant thermometer, hydraulic oil ther-
mometer, fuel gauge, speedometer,
hour counter, indicator of engine lubri-
cation, indicator of air filter clogging,
indicator of hydraulic filter clogging,
indicator of charging
Fuse (F6) - 15 A fan of ventilation, fan of heating, front
& rear windscreen wiper, windscreen
washer
Fuse (F7) - 20 A reserve (air conditioning)
Fuse (F8) reserve
Fuse (F9) - 50 A this fuse protects the electrohydraulical
unit of hood & cabin lifting.

F9
Replace fuses with identically rated fus-
es only.

51 - Serial port ATC ASC305

164 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
The electrical installations is valid for the machine ASC 100
(with engine Tier I)

Fuse box
Fuse (F1) -15 A (upper fuse) headlights + rear lights, instru-
ment panel illumination,
Fuse (F2) -5 A cab light, loud horn
Fuse (F3) -7,5 A brake, engine STOP,
Fuse (F4) -7,5 A travel, vibration, vibration switching control
lamp
Fuse (F5) - 5 A brake indicator lamp, engine lubrication lamp,
charge control lamp, hydraulic oil filter fouling
lamp, engine filter fouling lamp, fuel minimum
lamp, motohours counter, engine overheating
lamp, hydraulics overheating lamp
Options: engine coolant thermometer, hy-
draulic oil thermometer, fuel level indicator,
tachometer (cancelled – engine overheating
lamp, hydraulic oil lamp, fuel minimum lamp)
Fuse (F6) -15 A ventilation fan and heater fan, front & rear wip-
ers, front & rear screen washers
Fuse (F7) -20 A reserved (air conditioner)
Fuse (F8) reserved

Replace fuses with identically rated fus-

es only.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 165

14. Electrical installation
The electrical installations is valid for rollers with engine
QSB5.9 according to TIER II (Only for machine ASC 110 - ASC
250) 14

42 - Fuse box
20
25
15 RPM x 100

42
30

Fuses in the upper row see: 10

35

41 J1939
Fuse (F1) -20 A (upper fuse) front + rear lights, front
parking + rear lights, auxiliary headlights, 1 20A
dashboard illumination, lifting and low- ATC
2 10A
3 7,5A
ering of bonnet and driver’s stand, li- 4 10A

cense plate illumination. 5 15A

6 15A
7 20A
Fuse (F2) -10 A portable lamp connector, cabin illumina- 8 20A

tion, horn, direction indicators, beacon.

282D007T
Fuse (F3) -7.5 A brake, brake signal lamp, brake lights,
magnets - transporting speed of wheels,
travel servo valve, vibration magnets,
vibration-on signal lamp, back horn, hy-
draulic oil level signal lamp, travel con-
trol neutral position signal lamp
Fuse (F4) -10 A ATC
Fuse (F5) -15 A fuel gauge, revolution counter, hourm-
eter, hydraulic oil thermometer, charging
signal lamp, air filter signal lamp, hydrau-
lic oil level signal lamp, water in fuel sig-
nal lamp, maintenance signal lamp, stop
engine signal lamp, engine warning sig-
nal lamp.
Fuse (F6) -15 A ventilation fan, heating fan, front and
rear washers, front and rear wipers.
Fuse (F7) -20 A reserve (air conditioning)
Fuse (F8) -20 A reserve
Fuse (F9) -50 A Secures protection of electric pump
used for lifting and lowering of bonnet
and driver’s stand. Replace the fuse with
a genuine one of the same rate 50 A.

41 - Serial port ASC

F9
14 - The plug ECM (electronic control module) of engine

ASC305

166 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Engine fuses
Fuses F10 – F12 /7.5 A Power supply engine electronics
Fuse F13 – F14 /10 A Power supply injection pump
Fuse F15 Reserve

ASC306

F10
F11 F12
F13 F14

F15

ASC307

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 167

14. Electrical installation
The electrical installations is valid for rollers with engine
QSB TIER III (Only for machine ASC 110 - ASC 250)
14

Fuse box 42
20
25

Fuse (F1) -20 A (upper fuse) front + rear lights, front 15 RPM x 100

42
30

parking + rear lights, auxiliary head- 10

35

lights, dashboard illumination, lifting 41 J1939

and lowering of bonnet and driver’s

stand, license plate illumination. 1 20A
2 10A
ATC 3 7,5A
Fuse (F2) -10 A cabin illumination, horn, direction indi- 4 10A

cators, beacon. 5 15A

6 15A
7 20A
Fuse (F3) -7.5 A brake, brake signal lamp, brake lights, 8 20A

magnets - transporting speed of wheels,

vibration magnets, vibration-on signal 282D007T
lamp, back horn, hydraulic oil level sig-
nal lamp, travel control neutral position
signal lamp
Fuse (F4) -7.5 A ATC (interaxle differential)
Fuse (F5) -5 A fuel gauge, revolution counter, hourme-
ter, hydraulic oil thermometer, charging
signal lamp, air filter signal lamp, stop
engine signal lamp, engine warning sig-
nal lamp, hydr. oil filter warning lamp,
WTS engine heating indicator lamp
Fuse (F6) -15 A ventilation fan, heating fan, front and
rear washers, front and rear wipers.
Fuse (F7) -20 A reserve (air conditioning)
Fuse (F8) -20 A engine diagnostics socket

Fuse (F9) - 50 A
Secures protection of electric pump used for lifting and lower-
ing of bonnet and driver’s stand.

F9

ASC305

Engine fuses
Fuse (F10) - 125A WTS engine heating
Fuse (F11) - 30 A engine electronics
Fuse (F12)

F11
F10 F12

282N244T

168 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
The description applies for the rollers:
ASC 70 from S/N 0753
ASC 90 from S/N 0182
ASC 110 from S/N 1335
ASC 130 from S/N 0128
ASC 150 from S/N 0835 F1 - 20A

F2 - 10A
ACE
F3 - 7,5A

Fuse block
F4 - 1A

F5 - 5A

Fuse (F1) - 20 A (upper fuse) front + rear lamps, front fender F6 - 15A

lights + rear lights, auxiliary headlamps, dash- F7 - 20A

board instrument illumination, bonnet lifting F8 - 1A

- lowering and Driver’s control stand,

Fuse (F2) - 10 A cab light, loud horn, direction indicator lights,
396301
beacon.
Fuse (F3) - 7,5 A brake, engine STOP, travel, vibration, brake
lights, return horn, hydraulic oil level indicator
lamp, vibration contact indicator lamp, brake
indicator lamp, indicator lamp for zero posi-
tion of travel actuator
Fuse (F4) - 1 A POWER VIEW
Fuse (F5) - 5 A hydraulic oil thermometer, indicator lamp for
vacuum in engine suction filter, regarding in-
dicator lamp, indicator lamp for hydraulic oil
filter fouled, glowing indicator lamp, engine
rpm switches
Fuse (F6) - 15 A ventilation and heater fan, front wiper and
rear wiper, front washer and rear washer
Fuse (F7) - 20 A reserve (air conditioner / ROPS2D)
Fuse (F8) J1939 socket power supply

Fuse (F9) - 50 A
Electrohydraulic unit (aggregate) for bonnet lifting/lowering
and Driver’s control stand.

396054

Engine fuses
Fuses (F10) - 125 A engine glowing
Fuse (F11) - 30 A engine electronics
Fuse (F12) car radio

F10
F12
F11

! CAUTION !
Replace fuses only with fuses of identical value!!!
396108A

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 169

14. Electrical installation
The description applies for the rollers:
ASC 70 from S/N 2742001
ASC 200from S/N 2782001
ASC 110 from S/N 2822001
ASC 130 from S/N 2942001
ASC 90 from S/N 2752001
ASC 250 from S/N 2792001 F1 - 20A

F2 - 10A
ASC 150 from S/N 2882001 ACE
F3 - 7,5A

F4 - 1A

Fuse block F5 - 5A

F6 - 15A
Fuse (F1) - 20 A (upper fuse) front + rear lamps, front fender F7 - 20A

lights + rear lights, auxiliary headlamps, dash- F8 - 1A

board instrument illumination, bonnet lifting

- lowering and Driver’s control stand,
Fuse (F2) - 10 A cab light, loud horn, direction indicator lights, 396301
beacon.
Fuse (F3) - 7,5 A brake, engine STOP, travel, vibration, brake
lights, return horn, hydraulic oil level indicator
lamp, vibration contact indicator lamp, brake
indicator lamp, indicator lamp for zero posi-
tion of travel actuator
Fuse (F4) - 1 A POWER VIEW, J1939 socket power supply
Fuse (F5) - 5 A hydraulic oil thermometer, indicator lamp for
vacuum in engine suction filter, regarding in-
dicator lamp, indicator lamp for hydraulic oil
filter fouled, glowing indicator lamp, engine
rpm switches
Fuse (F6) - 15 A ventilation and heater fan, front wiper and
rear wiper, front washer and rear washer
Fuse (F7) - 20 A reserve (air conditioner / ROPS2D)
Fuse (F8) reserve

Fuse (F9) - 50 A
Electrohydraulic unit (aggregate) for bonnet lifting/lowering
and Driver’s control stand.

396054

Engine fuses
Fuses (F10) - 125 A engine glowing
Fuse (F11) - 30 A engine electronics
Fuse (F12) car radio

F10
F12
F11

! CAUTION !
Replace fuses only with fuses of identical value!!!
396108A

170 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Replacement of the revolution counter

for engine Tier 1

3 2 1
If you want to replace the revolution counter, you must set and
calibrate it depending on revolutions of the engine used – see
Table.
Switches 1, 2, 3 of the new revolution counter should be set ac-
cording to fig. and installed into the instrument panel including
the wiring. 8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

282D0002

Start the engine and set maximum revolutions – check it using

a stroboscope or with a multimeter (1) connected to the supply
line to the revolution counter.

1
Machine engine rpm
ASC 70 - ASC 90 B3.9-C99 2200+30
ASC 110 B5.9-C148 2250+50
ASC 150 B5.9-C148 2250+30
ASC 200 - ASC 250 B5.9-C200 2500+30

282D0006A

If the measured revolutions are different than those given in the

Table, set them to the value given in the Table using the stop (1)
on the adjusting screw of the fuel injection pump.

282D0001

Set the revolution counter using potentiometer A depending

on engine max. revolutions.

Set idle 850 RPM of the engine – check it using a stroboscope

or multimeter.

Check idle RPM of the revolution counter. If the counter does

not show the measured value, the setting must be repeated.
8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

A
282D0008

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 171

14. Electrical installation
Revolution counter replacement

for the engine Tier 2 QSB5.9-C155 ASC 110-ASC 150

for the engine Tier 3 QSB 5.9-C205 ASC 200-ASC 250
3 2 1

Switches 1, 2, 3 of the new revolution counter should be set ac-

cording to and installed into the instrument panel including the
wiring.
8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

282D0003

Switch off IDLE switch (15). Set, e. g., 2200 RPM using the revolu-
tion selector (8) and check whether the counter shows the cor-
responding RPM. 8
15

15
20
10 ENGINE HOURS
RPM x 100 25 00000001 IDLE

5
30

282D0005

If it is necessary, set it using potentiometer A.

8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

A
282D0008

Switch on switch (15) – engine idling, and check if the revolution

counter shows 850 RPM (the same for ASC 110 up to ASC 250).
If the counter does not show the value measured, the setting 15
must be repeated.

Note 15
20
10 ENGINE HOURS
RPM x 100 25
The engine should be warmed to running temperature while
00000001 IDLE

you are checking the revolution counter. 30

282D0004

172 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Replacement of the revolution counter

for engine Tier 2 B4.5-C99 (ASC 70-90)

3 2 1

Switches 1, 2, 3 of the new revolution counter should be set ac-

cording to fig. and installed into the instrument panel including
the wiring.

8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

282D0002

Start the engine and set maximum and idle revolutions – check
it using a stroboscope or with a multimeter connected to the
supply line to the revolution counter.
Machine engine Max. RPM 1
ASC 70-ASC 90 B4.5-C99 2200+30
Idle RPM 950±20

282D0006A

If the measured revolutions are different adjust max. speed with

the bolt (1) and adjust idle speed with bolt (2) of the fuel injec-
tion pump.

2
1

282D0009

Set the revolution counter using potentiometer A depending

on engine max. and idle revolutions.

8 7 6 5

4 3 2 1

A
282D0008

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 173

14. Electrical installation
Battery connector is located on the left side under the cabin,
While working on electrical wiring, disconnect always the battery.

Electrical wiring – location of elements

Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer

Float of the hydraulic tank Socket of safety beacon

Switch of air filter clogging

Conector by wire of hood

Control unit-susmic
Starter

Switch of engine lubrication

Battery disconnector
Sensor of engine thermometer

Switch of cabin+hood lifting Alternator

Fuel level sensor

Contactor
Pressure switch of brake
Servovalve of the pump of travel

Sensor of longitudinal inclination Fuse 50 A Electromagnetic valves of vibration

ASC444en

174 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Sensor of drum speed

Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed

Electromagnetic valve of brake

Electromagnetic valve cab lifting

Agregat of cabin & hood lifting

Electromagnetic valve hood lifting Elmagnetic valve of diferential lock-LH wheel

Elmagnetic valve of diferential lock-RH wheel

Electromagnetic valve hood lowering

Electromagnetic valve cabin lowering

Pressure switch of steering
Underpressure switch of hydrailic filter clogging

Sensor of right wheel speed

Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed-left wheel

Elemagnetic valve of fast trave speed-right wheel

Sensor of left wheel speed

Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP

ASC445en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 175

14. Electrical installation
Batteries Indication of completed charging
Battery is considered fully charged when all cells bubble inten-
Two batteries 12 D HD 135 are connected in series and located sively and the electrolyte indicates density of 1.28 g/cu.cm. The
to the rear of the frame. terminals read 15 to 16 V.
Full charge is checked after further two hours; values shouldn‘t
Handling vary from initial readings. Battery is discharged when density
drops to 1.12 g/cu.cm.
Fill cells with sulfuric acid of specific density 1.28 g/cu. cm, 5-10
mm above the plates. Equalize the electrolyte and the battery to Instantaneous charge rate is indicated in the following table:
15 – 20 °C when filling.
Charge level in % Electrolyte density in g/cu.cm
Let the electrolyte soak in the plates for 20 minutes, in batteries
older than 6 months for 3 hours. Top possible level drop to 5 – 10 100 1,28
mm above plates. Charge the battery according to table. 70 1,23
The highest charging temperature is 40 °C. If necessary, cool by 50 1,20
air flow or water bath, or lower charging current, or charge in-
20 1,15
termittently.
Currents lower than those indicated in the table are beneficial,
however, charging will be prolonged. Leave input openings un- The values are correct for electrolyte temperature of 27 °C. At
covered. Check the level and density of the electrolyte when fin- temperature lowers by 15 °C the electrolyte density is higher by
ished charging. If necessary, top the level and adjust density to 0.01 g/cu.cm. When topping up the electrolyte, density readings
1.28 g/ cu.cm. Tighten the plugs after 2 hours of degassing, flush are correct after 10 to 30 minutes of charging, depending on the
the outside of the battery with water and clean dry. current and the intensity of bubbling. The level may be raised
before charging up, to 5 to 10 mm above cell dividers.

Charging current table - example:

Type Capacity Charging

L100 100 Ah 10 A

176 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250


Maintenance during operation
Correctly working charging circuit maintains the battery close
to full charge. The level of regulated voltage is between 27.6 and
28.4 V.
When the voltage level is adjusted to these values, the electro-
lyte level is checked every 3 months. In summertime, check once
a week. Battery overcharging is indicated by the electrolyte vol-
ume decrease. Insufficient charge affects the density of the elec-
trolyte. Idle battery discharge is 1% of the capacity per day.
Battery is charged by current 0,1 overall capacity until fully
charged.
The batteries must be kept clean, properly fastened, the holder
must not deform the battery block.
Vaporization of the electrolyte forms a layer of sulfites on the
surface of metal pieces, which must be cleaned. Cleaned sur-
faces are to be protected by a light layer of Vaseline or oil.
Idle batteries must be charged up after two months.
Safety rules
While handling full batteries one must be very careful. Use
gloves and goggles.
Stained skin must be washed and neutralized by soap and soda.
During charging the electrolyte develops oxygen and hydrogen,
an explosive mixture. It is not allowed to handle open flame near
charging batteries. An explosion may occur if caused by a spark
resulting from disconnecting or loosening the clamp while the
charging current is present.
When removing the battery, disconnect minus cable first. It is
not allowed to disconnect the battery while the engine is run-
ning.
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
WORKSHOP MANUAL
Alternator
The alternator is the source of electrical power.
A solid-state voltage regulator is part of the alternator, and
maintains the output voltage within specified limits independ-
ently of revolutions, load, and ambient temperature.
Regulated voltage varies on clamp +B.
Independent fan cools the assembly, and turns in the marked
direction.
The alternator must always work with the battery connected,
plus side to clamp +B. It is not allowed to disconnect the battery
while operating the equipment.
Short circuits must be avoided. The alternator must be discon-
nected during repairs to electrical installation and welding. Dur-
ing emergency starts, the auxiliary source may not be discon-
nected before the battery has been connected. The alternator
must not run idle with the conductor off clamp “+B“ and clamp
“+D“ on.
The burned out charge indicating bulb must be replaced im-
mediately. Without the bulb excitation of the alternator is not
present.
Note: During welding on the machine, the alternator – cables off
clamps “+B“ and “+D“ – as well as all devices containing semi-
conductors must be disconnected.
Visual inspection of mounted alternator
This inspection is for information only. A valid inspection must
be performed on a test bed under controlled load.
Correct operation depends on
-- intact electrical installation
-- good contacts on the clamps of the alternator, regulator,
and battery
-- sufficient tension of the drive belt – force acting on the
shaft of the alternator may be only 800 N in the axis of
the belt drive.
A defect in the alternator or the regulator may cause the battery
to be either not fully charged or overcharged.
Normal inspection in the shop, when the assembly is not sus-
pect of being faulty, involves the check of the regulating voltage
and/or the response of the control bulb to increased revolutions.
With a meter on terminal “B+“ the regulated voltage at average
revolutions must be within 27-28,2 V.
177
14. Electrical installation
Inspecting defects of alternator - regulator Voltage regulator

Checking the alternator-regulator set – test conditions This is an integrated voltage regulator. The exciter circuit to the
-- Remove regulator subassembly with the carbon brushes alternator is connected between terminals DF and D+ on the
holder from the alternator and replace with a reliably regulator. The regulator 2 itself is connected to the brush holder
functioning subassembly. and the entire subassembly is attached to the alternator by two
bolts. It is wired by three soldered circuits (B-, DF, D+) and a ca-
Check regulated voltage on test bed. ble terminated in tube 6, 3, which slides on connector “+D“ of
the alternator. The regulator itself is not repairable.
Checking the alternator without the regulator – test condi-
tions.
•• Remove regulator subassembly with the carbon brushes
holder and replace with modified brush holder, which has
one terminal grounded to chassis. The other lead has a tube
for the connector, which is to be attached to terminal D+,
and continues for about 20 cm to terminal B+ for short-term
excitation.
•• Fasten the alternator to test bed with a voltmeter, an ampe-
re-meter, a load resistor, an RPM meter, and a battery, see
Fig.
•• Turn the alternator at about 1500 revolutions per minute.
•• Excite the alternator with the end of the free lead from the
brushes and terminal D+ connected to terminal B+ for about
2 to 3 seconds.
•• Should the alternator fail to be excited, then it is defective.
Check the characteristic of the alternator.
If no defect can be found, check the regulator.
The cause may be found in a faulty connection between the
chassis of the alternator and the vehicle, eventually incorrect
ground connection of the battery.

W
A
B+

V
B-

REG.

401D285

178 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
List of possible defects

Signs of insufficient battery charging

Indicator of charging is faulty regulator replace regulator

on during operation
Indicator not on after
ignition switched on
faulty rotor - winding s/c to chassis replace rotor
faulty stator replace stator
faulty diode in the block replace diode
loose solder joints on diode terminals or the stator clean, resolder
faulty indicator bulb replace bulb
faulty connection on terminal +D, or on battery terminals clean contacts, tighten
faulty rotor - winding open replace rotor
carbon loose in the holder remove carbon, clean, or replace
fouled up collector rings clean

Signs of overcharged battery

faulty ground in charging circuit clean ground lugs, tighten regulator-alternator, battery-chassis, chassis-en-
gine
faulty regulator replace
faulty auxiliary diode replace

Starter

Operation and maintenance

•• Good operation of the starter requires a proper and fully charged battery.
•• The starter has been designed for short-time operation. Starting may not last longer than 5 seconds.
•• When the engine starts, stop the starter. The pinion and the starter bearing may be damaged.
•• Input cables must have terminals fully tightened, insulation must be perfect.
•• The chassis of the starter is part of the electrical circuit. Maintain seating surface clean and protect it against corrosion.
•• If the starter doesn‘t operate, look for open leads between the battery and the starter, between the engine chassis and the starter,
or between chassis and the battery.
•• Check the crown-wheel teeth, the pinion, whether worn, and grease.
•• Every two years or while the engine is being repaired, remove the starter, check the commutator, springs of the brushes, and bre-
aker contacts.
•• The brushes must touch the commutator by 3/4 of their surface area, and must move freely. Contact faces of the breaker must not
be burned and must touch fully.

Inspection of no-load run – on the equipment

Test the starter in a position, when the pinion is not engaged in the crown-wheel teeth. With the starter circuit on the pinion must slide
out and rotate. Unloaded starter may be left on for no more than 10 seconds. Detailed procedure is described in the Section “Informa-
tive Inspection of the starter“. Measured values must correspond to the table.

Used current Battery voltage RPM when cold

max. 130 A 23 V Min. 4000 ot/min

The value of RPM in the table is for information only. It is problematic to measure rpm by normally available shop tools – it will not be
measured.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 179

14. Electrical installation
To find defects on the starter

Before starting work, check that voltage is present on terminals

“30“ and “50“ (turn ignition key to “start“). An easy way to check
this is to turn the key and to observe, whether the intensity of
headlights decreases. This indicates the condition of battery-
starter state.

Preliminary inspection of the uninstalled starter

Connect terminal “30“ of the starter to a fully charged battery
and an ammeter with a large scale. By starting, current appears
on terminal “50“. The no-load current shouldn‘t exceed 120 A
(the momentary peak value should be disregarded). The starter
must run quietly. The pinion must slide out smoothly and return
to original position. When the pinion slides out, it shouldn‘t
turn over the face of the ring. After the current is turned off, the
starter may run for another eight seconds only. Check on the
pressure and shape of carbon brushes. The brushes must touch
the commutator by 2/3 of their area and must move freely in
the holders. The ratchet must have a noticeable axial clearance,
up to 1.3 mm, when the pinion is turned in the direction of the
starter, the free wheel must turn freely. With experience it is suf-
ficient for shop evaluation to test unloaded. It is, however, rec-
ommended to use a test bed.

А
V

30
50

401D286

180 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Starter defects and remedies

Defect Cause Remedy

Starter doesn't turn Open lead to terminal ""30"" Repair lead

Starter runs freely
Starter doesn't switch off,
remains on. Disconnect
battery immediately (termi-
nal grounded to chassis)!
Starter doesn't slide pinion
to engage
Pinion mills the fly wheel
Starter engages pinion (au-
dibly), but engine doesn't
turn
Open lead to terminal ""50""
Defective ignition box
Carbonized contacts
Open winding in the starter contactor
S/C in contactor (weak pull, heats up)
The contactor ratchet hangs up
Damaged sliding mechanism
Pinion hangs up on the shaft
Defective ignition box
Carbonized contacts of starter contactor
Pinion seized on the shaft
damaged fly wheel crown
Broken spring
Damaged pinion teeth
Battery discharged
Damaged free wheel - slippage (broken bu-
shing)
Burnt contacts of the starter contactor
Repair lead
Replace box
Replace contacts or the entire lid together with
bridge contacts
Replace starter contactor
Replace starter contactor
Loosen, clean, and lubricate
Replace, or repair
Repair, sometimes it is necessary to straighten
the shaft
Replace ignition box
Replace contacts together with the bridge con-
tacts, or the entire contactor
Replace pinion bearing. Remove sharp edges on
the shaft, clean (check shaft eccentricity)
Repair crown or replace (find cause)
Replace spring
Replace pinion (find cause)
Charge battery
Replace
Replace

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 181

14. Electrical installation

Defect Cause Remedy

Starter unreliable. Low Discharged battery Charge battery

output Soiled or loose contacts in cables (transient Clean, tighten thoroughly
resistance)
Battery defective (usually gradual deterioration Repair defects in battery
in starting)
Damaged carbon brushes Replace brushes (concomitant repair of commu-
tator)
Soiled and burned commutator (solder) Clean with gasoline or alcohol. If the com-
mutator is burned or mica showing between
plates (strong sparking), disassemble starter
and machine commutator. Mill out insulation,
polish commutator. If necessary, resolder and/or
replace ratchet.
Broken or weak springs of brushes Replace spring
S/C armature Replace armature
Open exciting coil Replace particular pair of coils
Starter contactor defective (transient resistance) Replace ignition box
Open exciting winding of stator on the terminal Resolder terminal
of starter contactor
Starter noisy Starter loose in flange Tighten bolts
Armature loose (seized bearings) Repair
Mechanical defect - miscellaneous Repair defects
Broken lid (very noisy) Repair, replace lid
Starter gets very hot, low S/C in the exciter circuit Repair short or replace particular pair of coils
power

182 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

15. Removal of ROPS frame

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 183

15. Removal of ROPS frame

184 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Suspend ROPS on crane using hooks.

ASC309

Loosen bolts 6 (M24×80), set ROPS aside.

ASC310

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 185

186 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

16. Assembly of segments

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 187

16. Assembly of segments

188 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 Spare Parts List
560 SEGMENTS
Part Number Quantity Part Name Description Denominazione Název dílu
Pos
Artikel Menge Bezeichnung Denominación Название
SEGMENTS SEGMENTS SEGMENTI SEGMENTY
0 ND011828 1 1842,000 SEGMENTE SEGMENTOS СЕГМЕНТЫ
SEGMENT SECTEUR SEGMENTO SEGMENT
1 ND011370 3 560,000 SEGMENT SEGMENTO СЕГМЕНТ
CLAMP PINCE STAFFA FISSAGGIO SVĚRKA
2 ND054304 8 1,080 KLEMME SUJETADOR ЗАЖИМ
PLATE PLAGUE PIASTRA DESKA
5 ND048476 8 0,400 PLATTE PLACA ПЛИТА
REAR SCRAPER DECROTTOIR ARRIERE RASCHIATORE POST. ŠKRABKA ZADNÍ

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

6 ND031242 9 7,700 KRATZER HINTEN RASCADOR TRASERO СКРЕБОК ЗАДНИЙ
FRONT SCRAPER DECROTTOIR AVANT RASCHIATORE ANT. ŠKRABKA PŘEDNÍ
7 ND031240 9 7,100 KRATZER VORNE RASCADOR DELANTERO СКРЕБОК ПЕРЕДНИЙ
BOLT VIS VITE ŠROUB
11 ND021243 16 0,235 SCHRAUBE TORNILLO БОЛТ
BOLT VIS VITE ŠROUB
12 ND021252 18 0,250 SCHRAUBE TORNILLO БОЛТ
NUT ECROU DADO MATICE
16 ND021853 36 0,062 MUTTER TUERCA ГАЙКА
SPRING WASHER RONDELLE GROWER RONDELLA ELASTICA PODLOŽKA PÉROVÁ
20 ND035944 16 0,012 FEDERRING ARANDELA ELASTICA ПРУЖИННАЯ ШАЙБА
WASHER RONDELLE RONDELLA PODLOŽKA PŘESNÁ
21 ND029255 54 0,022 UNTERLEGSCHEIBE ARANDELA ШАЙБА
WASHER RONDELLE RONDELLA PODLOŽKA
22 ND029270 18 0,017 UNTERLEGSCHEIBE ARANDELA ШАЙБА
NUT ECROU DADO MATICE
25 ND026466 2 0,020 MUTTER TUERCA
NUT ECROU DADO MATICE
26 ND021851 2 0,033 MUTTER TUERCA
BOLT VIS VITE ŠROUB
27 ND021228 2 0,125 SCHRAUBE TORNILLO

Note:
For mounting of segments use bolt 27, washer 25 and nut 26.
Drill holes ø18mm to the drum surface according to two holes ø18mm in segment and screw it together by means of supplied bolts and nuts.
WORKSHOP MANUAL

189
16. Assembly of segments

190 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 Spare Parts List
560-2 CLAMP
Part Number Quantity Weight Part Name Description Denominazione Název dílu
Pos
Artikel Menge Gewicht Bezeichnung Denominación Название
CLAMP PINCE STAFFA FISSAGGIO SVĚRKA
0 ND054304 1 1,080 KLEMME SUJETADOR ЗАЖИМ
REST PATIN BANDELLA OPĚRKA
1 ND042449 1 0,010 ARMSTUETZE APOYO ОПОРА
BOLT VIS VITE ŠROUB
2 ND054302 1 0,120 SCHRAUBE TORNILLO БОЛТ
YOKE ETRIER FLANGIA TŘMEN
3 ND107504 1 0,820 BUEGEL ESTRIBO ХОМУТ

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

WORKSHOP MANUAL

191
16. Assembly of segments
Place the machine on a firm and flat ground.

ASC311

Suspend the front scraper with clamps for smooth drums on the
crane.

ASC312

Remove scarper bolts 9.

ASC313

192 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Lower the scraper to ground and set aside.

ASC314

ASC315

Follow same procedure for removal of the rear scraper.

ASC316

Remove plugs 5 in the drum frame.

ASC317

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 193

16. Assembly of segments
Clean thoroughly the surface of the drum.

ASC318

Suspend the first segment behind the opening in the lug.

ASC319

Place it on the drum.

ASC320

194 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fasten with four clamps (two on each side). Before tightening
even up segment edges with the edge of the drum.

ASC321

ASC322

Drive slowly forward for about 1.6 meters (5.25 ft), while check-
ing the clamps so that they wouldn’t interfere with the drum
frame.

ASC320

Situate the second segment to create a space of about 26 mm

02)

(1,02 in) between the segments.

26 (1.

Connect segments using material 12, 16, and 21.

ASC352

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 195

16. Assembly of segments
Move forward again, set up the third segment and proceed as
before with the second segment..

ASC353

The second nut is a thread protection only. It must overhung the

cud of the bolt. Distribute overhung evenly on all bolts on the 6 (0.24in)
cizamference of the drum. /Overhung 6 mm (0,24 in).

282b0004

Install segment scrapers supplied with the segments on the

front beam and the rear crossbeam of the drum frame. Adjust
gap between scraper and the drum to 30 mm. You may use for
installation also previously removed bolts and pads. Tighten
with torque - see chapter 26.

ASC354

ASC355

196 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
With the bolted connections tightened as per the Torques Ta-
ble, operate the Machine with low or high vibration switched
ON and with travel speed 1 set in time interval of two minutes,
stop the Machine, confirm bolted connections are tightened in
line with Torques Table. Following that, operate the Machine in
minimal time interval of 1 hour, you may adjust travel speed
within 1-3 range, and then check again bolted connections are
tightened.

Roller Bolt Tighting torque Nm (lb ft)

ASC 70/90 M16 8G 200 (147,5)
ASC 100÷150 M20 8G 390 (287,6)
ASC 200/250 M24 8G 675 (497,8)
ASC445

Check continuously bolted connections

during Machine drive.
When driving the Roller in the above
mentioned process NEVER use high or
low vibration frequency on the surface
already being compacted, hard subsur-
face or frozen surface.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 197

198 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

17. Disassembly of wheel

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 199

17. Disassembly of wheel
Hoist the rear frame of the machine, insert supports no. 1.

1
ASC356

Remove bolts and washers pos. 12 and 15.

12
16
ASC357

Remove tire with the disk, set aside, to use of fixture no. 2.
2

ASC358

Install tire with the disk supplied in the set with the tamping
drum. Tighten with torque - see chapter 24.
2

ASC359

200 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Fixtures

No.1 - ND080211 - Assembly (rear support for truck frame)

ASC 70/90, ASC 200/ 250 2
No.1 - ND0800324 - Assembly (rear support for truck frame)
ASC 110/150
No.2 - ND107325 - Handling (for removal of the wheel)
ASC 70/90
No.2 - ND080533 - Handling (for removal of the wheel)
ASC 110/150
No.2 - ND107324 - Handling (for removal of the wheel)
ASC 200/250 ASC360

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 201

202 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

18. Removal of hydraulic motors

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 203

18. Removal of hydraulic motors
Removal of hood hydraulic motors

Lift the hood, support by fixture no.1 in lifted position.

Disconnect electrical wiring.

1 1

ASC101

ASC102

Press out pins 1, 4 from piston ends in lifting hydraulic motors,

secure by fixture no. 2.

1 4

ASC103A

204 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Install fixture no. 3, lower the hood, support.

ASC104

Remove hinges.

ASC105

Attach hooks of fixture no. 3.

ASC106

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 205

18. Removal of hydraulic motors
Set hood aside using fixture no. 3.

ASC107

ASC108

Place a receptacle underneath the disassembled hydraulic mo-

tor 11. Disconnect hoses, plug. Remove shims, press out pins
4 from piston ends. Using lifting hydraulic motor remove from
equipment, remove hydraulic lock 17.
11 11

17
17

7 7
ASC361

Removal of cabin hydraulic motor from equip-

ment
4
Lift cabin, support using fixture No. 4, place receptacle under 3
the hydraulic motor, press piston rod in the cylinder, remove hy-
draulic motor with bracket 1 from the equipment, press out pin
4, remove hydraulic lock 3.

ASC362

206 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Removal of linear hydraulic motor – replacement
of seals

Place a receptacle under the hydraulic motor, plug openings.

Drill out safety pin from the face of the front lid 1 (bend lid 1 6
4 3 1
safety) depending on the type of the linear hydraulic motor. Us- 2
ing fixture wrench No. 5, 6 (depending on the type of the linear
hydraulic motor) remove lid 1, slide piston rod 2 with piston 3,
remove nut 4 and the piston. Slide lid 1.

ASC363

Replace seals after soaking seals in oil.

Item No. Description

1 Sealing
2 Collar 1 1 1 6 6 2
3 Scraping ring 3
4 Guiding band
5 Ring
6 Rin

5 5 4 4

ASC347

Assembly of the linear hydraulic motor

Sliding surfaces should be lubricated – observe that the surface

of the piston rod is not damaged. New seals should be straight-
ened out. Wait at least 15 minutes before complete assembly
of the hydraulic motor after new seals have been installed. For
assembly of piston rod with the piston in the cylinder use fixture
No. 7. Threads to be tightened with torque according in table

Tightening torque
linear hydraulic motor 40/22 linear hydraulic motor 25/18

Lid connection to cylinder Piston rod, nut Lid connection to cylinder Piston rod 4, nut 8
Thread Tightening Thread Tightening Thread Tightening Thread Tightening
torque torque torque torque
M45x1,5 160 Nm M 16x1 50 Nm M30x1,5 120 Nm M 12x1,5 40 Nm
(118 ft lb) (37 ft lb) (89 ft-lb) (30 ft lb)

Note
Proper seal sets for the linear hydraulic motor may be ordered
from the equipment manufacturer indicating the S/N of the
equipment.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 207

18. Removal of hydraulic motors
Fixtures

No. 1 - ND080080 - Assembly (hood support)

ND080080

No. 2 - ND080220 - Assembly (securing the bonnet lifting

cylinders)

ND080220

No. 3 - ND101778 - Handling (lifting eyes for assembly of bon-

net)

ND101778

No. 4 - ND080078 - Handling (cabin support)

ND080078

208 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
No. 5 - Assembly - ND107335 (spanner for disassembly of
cover 1)

ND107335

No. 6 - Assembly - ND107337 (spanner for disassembly of

cover 1)

ND107337

No. 7 - Assembly - ND101783 (for installation of piston to

hydraulic cylinder)

ND101783

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 209

210 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

19. Replacing pressure filter

of hydraulics

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 211

19. Replacing pressure filter of hydraulics
Loosen filter body using wrench 27.

ASC367

The place of hydraulic filter for the roller manufactured since

2007 year:
from serial number
ASC 70 444
ASC 90 127
ASC 110 555
ASC 150 430

282N244TA

Unscrew and remove the cover. Drain oil in a can.

ASC368

ASC369

212 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove filter cartridge 17 see catalogue of spare parts – replace.
Check condition of sealing rings, smear rings with oil. Tighten
cover after filter replacement with torque 40 Nm.

17

ASC370

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 213

214 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

20. Filling hydraulic oil

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 215

20. Filling hydraulic oil

216 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove cover of the quick coupler on the filling throat.

ASC371

Insert hose from the filling pump.

ASC372

Submerge filling hose into the oilcan, and add oil to prescribed
level.

ASC373

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 217

218 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

21. Disassembly of level gauge

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 219

21. Disassembly of level gauge

220 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Remove cover of hydraulic tank.

ASC118

Remove cover of level gauge.

ASC374

Loosen bolts attaching the level gauge.

ASC375

Disconnect and remove wiring.

ASC376

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 221

222 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

22. Disassembly of the floater

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 223

22. Disassembly of the floater

224 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Loosen clamp on the cover of the floater, tilt cover.

ASC377

Disconnect wiring.

ASC378

Loosen connecting bolts.

ASC379

Remove floater.

ASC380

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 225

226 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

23. Electrical schemata

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 227

23. Electrical schemata

228 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
The electric installation consists of two accumulator batteries,
an alternator and other control and indicating devices. Op-
eration voltage is 24 V. The minus pole of the accu-batteries is
connected to the machine frame through a disconnecter. The
disconnecter connects or disconnects supplying of the machine
electric system.
In addition to the basic ”car-electricity” of the machine, there are
used electronic elements, some circuits are protected by diodes,
and some instruments include e.g. thyristors.
A hydraulic lock (ATC) is controlled by a control unit (SUSMIK) lo-
cated below the instrument panel. Therefore welding works are
prohibited on the machine, without disconnecting all sensitive
parts from the power supply and/or their dismantling, if possi-
ble, in advance. For example, data inside the SUSMIK equipment
can be erased by welding close to it.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 229

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (2-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)

Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories in road version)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional) S4 - Switch of front headlights

A2 - Brake timer S5 - Switch of rear headlights
A3 - Travel control S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional) S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional) S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer S9 - Push button of horn
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
B3 - Fuel level sensor S11 - Push button of emergency brake
E1 - Instruments illumination S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional) S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional) S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
E6, 7 - Front headlights S15 - Pressure switch of steering
E8, 9 - Rear headlights S16 - Switch - fast travel
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional) S17 - Switch - speed preselector
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional) S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
E14 - Cabin illumination S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
E15 - Safety beacon (optional) S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
E16,17 - Brake lamps S21 - Pressure switch of brake
E18 - Car make lighting S22 - Switch of differential lock (optional)
E19,20 - Front auxiliary headlamp S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
F1-7 - Fuses S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
G1,2 - Batteries S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
G3 - Alternator S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional) S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
H2 - Horn S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional) S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
H6 - Indicator of brake S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication S35 - Parking brake push button
H10 - Indicator of charging S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging V1-5 - Blocking diode
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging X1 - Hand lamp socket
K1 - Contactor X2-24 - Connectors
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
M1 - Starter X27 - Socket of safety beacon
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system X28 - Connector
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
M4 - Front windscreen wiper Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
M6 - Front windscreen washer Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
M7 - Rear windscreen washer Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
M8 - Fan of heating Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
P1 - Engine thermometer Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
P3 - Fuel gauge Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
P4 - Speedometer Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
P5 - Hour counter Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
Q1 - Battery disconnector (opt.)
R1,2 - Resistors Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel (op-
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system tional)
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
S3 - Switch box Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)

230 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
12V 12V
M2 F7
B- G3
30 D+ 50

G
31 B+
V3 S1 50A W K1
50 1
Y1 3

Y2 27 4
8

X23:2

X23:1
1 3
Y3 S2 27 4
Y4 8

X3:4

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
E2 X6:1 S3
30 15/54
E3 X29:3 50a

E4
F1
E5 E1
S4 20A
6 2
E18 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X29:1,2 9 10

E7

S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5
9 10
E9
E19 X10:2 X9:2 S34
1 5
9 10
E20 X9:7 X10:7
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
10A
E10 X29:4

E11 X18:3 X3:7 X1

Z

S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
1
7 31
3 5
E13 X29:5
10
X29:7,8

E15 X27 X5:5

S8
1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5

K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
X11:1 1 2 7,5A

X18:6,7 S11 S10 X11:2

X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2
NO C NC COM
K3 S13 X13:3
S14 X3:11
2 1 NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
5 3
X13:4

X19:4 Y5 X19:1 1 2
X4:1 4
X19:2
S35
E16 1 5
H5 K5
1 2
X14:8

5 3
E17 X18:8 X5:7
4
A2
X12:8

Y6 H6
STOP UB INP

X4:2
OUT GND

X11:4
V1
1
3

K6

S15 X4:3
2
4
5

X4:4 V2

S16
Y7 X4:5 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:11 X11:11
X14:1

Y14 1 5
8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
S18 K7
Y10 1 5 5 3
X4:8 7 2 1
X11:7
X7:1

S20 S19
X8:2 B X8:4 X13:6 X13:5 X11:5
R
X11:11 X8:3 M X11:6 H7
S21 X5:1
A
D
C
B
F
E

282ES01F

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 231

23. Electrical schemata

A
D
C
B
F
E

15,29
3
Y8 X4:6 X7:2 6

-24V
X5:4 8
28,42 F4

+24V
5
Y11 X20:1 2 1 5 S22 10A
26
40 9 10
X20:2 23

Y12 X20:3 27 X25

2
3
5
9
X20:4 25
X20:5 20
32
21
A5 X21:1
A4

B C 13
X21:2
A X21:3 16
4 X21:4
3
S23 1 X21:5
X21:6 18

4 X21:7
3 31
S24 1 X21:8
+5V

X21:9 19
-5V

4 X21:10
1

14

3
S25 1 X21:11
X24:3

X24:2

X24:1
X22:3

X22:1
X22:2
X13:10

4 2
X5:2 X11:8 X13:8 7 3
Y13
B A A3
X5:3 X11:9 X13:9 6 5 X13:11 X11:11
C D
8
B1 X6:2 S P1
∞C

+
ñ

B2 X6:3 S P2
∞C

+
ñ

P4
B3 X6:5 S P3 1
Q

G + 4
ñ 3

S26 X6:7 H9
H10
S27 X6:8 H11 + P5
h

ñ
S28 X6:9 H12
Z

M3 B2 S29 F5
B3 A1 X10:6 X9:6
M

B4
X15:1 15A

M4 X15:4 S30
7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2

X16:3 M5 X16:4 7
S31
5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1

S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
1
M

X6:11

F6
20A

282ES02F

232 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of solenoid Y7, Y8 inter- wheel differential lock, without control unit A4
10

5
6
S16
9

1
7

2
X12:2 X14:2

X7:1
X4:6 X7:2
X4:5

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL-RIGHT WHEEL

FAST TRAVEL -DRUM

FAST TRAVEL-LEFT WHEEL

282ES03en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 233

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (2-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)

Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional) S5 - Switch of rear headlights

A2 - Brake timer S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
A3 - Travel control S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional) S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional) S9 - Push button of horn
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer S11 - Push button of emergency brake
B3 - Fuel level sensor S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
E1 - Instruments illumination S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional) S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional) S15 - Pressure switch of steering
E6, 7 - Front headlights S16 - Switch - fast travel
E8, 9 - Rear headlights S17 - Switch - speed preselector
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional) S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional) S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
E14 - Cabin illumination S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
E15 - Safety beacon (optional) S21 - Pressure switch of brake
F1-7 - Fuses S22 - Switch of differential lock (optional)
G1,2 - Batteries S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
G3 - Alternator S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional) S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
H2 - Horn S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional) S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
H6 - Indicator of brake S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
H10 - Indicator of charging S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging S35 - Parking brake push button
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
K1 - Contactor V1-5 - Blocking diode
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay X1 - Hand lamp socket
M1 - Starter X2-24 - Connectors
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation X27 - Socket of safety beacon
M4 - Front windscreen wiper Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
M6 - Front windscreen washer Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
M7 - Rear windscreen washer Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
M8 - Fan of heating Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
P1 - Engine thermometer Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
P3 - Fuel gauge Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
P4 - Speedometer Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
P5 - Hour counter Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
Q1 - Battery disconnector Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel (op-
R1,2 - Resistors tional)
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel (op-
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system tional)
S3 - Switch box Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
S4 - Switch of front headlights Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)

234 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1 G2 M1
Q1 - + - + 30 31

M
12V 12V
M2 B- G3
30 F7 D+ 50

G
31 B+
V3 S1 50A
W K1
50 1
Y1 3

Y2 27 4
8

X23:2

X23:1
1 3
Y3 S2 27 4
Y4 8

X3:4

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
E2 X6:1 S3
30 15/54
E3 X10:1 X9:1 50a

F1
E4 E1
S4 20A
6 2
E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

E7

X18:2 S5
E8 X3:6 1 5
9 10
E9

X9:7 X10:7
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
10 A
E10 X10:3 X9:3

E11 X18:3 X3:7 X1

S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
1
7 5 31
3
E13 X10:4 X9:4
10
X25:7,8
S8
E15 X27 X5:5 1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5

K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
X11:1 1 2 7,5A

X18:6,7 S11 S10

X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO C NC COM
K3 S13 X13:3
S14 X3:11
2 1 NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
5 3
X13:4

X19:4
Y5 X19:1 1 2
X4:1 4
X19:2
S35
1 5
H5 K5
1 2
X14:8

5 3
4

A2
X12:8

Y6 X4:2 H6
STOP UB INP
OUT

X11:4
V1
1
3
GND

K6

S15 X4:3
2
4
5

X4:4 V2

S16
Y7 X4:5 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:11 X11:11
X14:1

Y14 1 5
8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
S18 K7
Y10 1 5 5 3
X4:8 7 2 1
X11:7
X7:1

S20 S19
X8:2 B X8:4 X13:6 X13:5 X11:5
R
X11:11 X8:3 M X11:6 H7
S21 X5:1
A
E

D
C
B
F

282es01c

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 235

23. Electrical schemata

E
F

D
C

A
B
15,29
3
Y8 X4:6 X7:2 6

-24V
X5:4 8
28,42 F4

+24V
5
Y11 X20:1 2 1 5 S22 10A
26
40 9 10
X20:2 23

Y12 X20:3 27 X25

2
3
5
9
X20:4 25
X20:5 20
32
21
A5 X21:1 A4
B C 13
X21:2
A X21:3 16
4 X21:4
3
S23 1 X21:5
X21:6 18

4 X21:7
3 31
S24 1 X21:8
X21:9 19
+5V
-5V

X21:10
4
1

14

3
S25 1 X21:11
X24:3

X24:2

X24:1
X13:10

X22:3

X22:2

X22:1

4 2
X5:2 X11:8 X13:8 7 3
Y13
B A X5:3 X11:9 X13:9 A3
6 5 X13:11 X11:11
C D
8
B1 X6:2 S P1
∞C

+
-

B2 X6:3 S P2
∞C

+
-

P4
B3 X6:5 S P3 1
Q

G + 4
- 3

S26 X6:7 H9
H10
S27 X6:8 H11 + P5
h

-
S28 X6:9 H12
Z

M3 B2 S29 F5
B3 A1 X10:6 X9:6
M

B4
X15:1 15A

S30
M4 X15:4 7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1

S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
1
M

X6:11

F6
20A

282ES02C

236 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of solenoid Y7, Y8 inter- wheel differential lock, without control unit A4
10

5
6
S16
9

1
7

2
X12:2 X14:2

X7:1
X4:6 X7:2
X4:5

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL-RIGHT WHEEL

FAST TRAVEL -DRUM

FAST TRAVEL-LEFT WHEEL

282ES03en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 237

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock) Also valid for ASC 70-90 with engine B4.5-
99 TIER II
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories in road version)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional) S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)

A2 - Brake timer S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)
A3 - Travel control S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional) S9 - Push button of horn
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional) S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer S11 - Push button of emergency brake
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
B3 - Fuel level sensor S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
E1 - Instruments illumination S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional) S15 - Pressure switch of steering
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional) S16 - Switch - fast travel
E6, 7 - Front headlights S17 - Switch - speed preselector
E8, 9 - Rear headlights S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional) S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional) S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
E14 - Cabin illumination S21 - Pressure switch of brake
E15 - Safety beacon (optional) S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
E16,17 - Brake lamps S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
E18 - Car make lighting S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
E19,20 - Front auxiliary headlamp S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
F1-9 - Fuses S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
G1,2 - Batteries S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
G3 - Alternator S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional) S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
H2 - Horn S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional) S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control S35 - Parking brake push button
H6 - Indicator of brake S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with signalling of sound lift
H10 - Indicator of charging cabin)
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging X1 - Hand lamp socket
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging X2-24 - Connectors
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC) X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
K1 - Contactor X27 - Socket of safety beacon
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
M1 - Starter Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
M4 - Front windscreen wiper Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
M6 - Front windscreen washer Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
M7 - Rear windscreen washer Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
M8 - Fan of heating Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
P1 - Engine thermometer Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
P3 - Fuel gauge backward(opt.)
P4 - Speedometer Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel for-
P5 - Hour counter ward (opt.)
Q1 - Battery disconnector Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
R1,2 - Resistors Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel for-
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system ward (opt.)
S3 - Switch box Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel back-
S4 - Switch of front headlights ward (opt.)
S5 - Switch of rear headlights

238 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
12V 12V
M2 F7
B- G3
30 D+ 50

G
31 B+
V3 S1 50A
W K1
50 1
Y1 3

Y2 27 4
8

X23:2

X23:1
1 3
Y3 S2 27 4
Y4 8

X3:4

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
E2 X6:1 S3
30 15/54
E3 X29:3 50a

E4
F1
E5 E1
S4 20A
6 2
E18 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X29:1,2 9 10

E7

S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5
9 10
E9
E19 X10:2 X9:2 S34
1 5
9 10
E20 X9:7 X10:7
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
10A
E10 X29:4

E11 X18:3 X3:7 X1

Z

S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
1
7 31
3 5
E13 X29:5
10
X29:7,8

E15 X27 X5:2

S8
1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5

K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
X11:1 1 2 7,5A

X18:6,7 S11 S10

X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO C NC COM
K3 S13 X13:3
S14 X3:11
2 1 NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
5 3
X13:4

X19:4 Y5 X19:1 1 2
X4:1 4
X19:2
S35
E16 1 5
H5 K5
1 2
X14:8

5 3
E17 X18:8 X5:3
4
A2
X12:8

Y6 H6
STOP UB INP

X4:2
OUT GND

X11:4
V1
1
3

K6

S15 X4:3
2
4
5

X4:4 V2

S16
Y7 X4:5 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
X14:1

Y14 1 5
8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4 X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7

S18 K7
Y10 1 5 3
5 2 1
X4:8 7
X11:7

S20 S19
X8:2 B X8:4 X13:6 X13:5 X11:5
R
X11:8 X8:3 M X11:6 H7
S21 X5:1
G

A
D
C
B
F
E

282E001F

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 239

23. Electrical schemata

A
C
B
E
F

15,29

3
Y8 X4:6 6

-24V
X5:4 8
F4

+24V
28,42
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1 26
X20:2 23
40 H13
41

Y12 X20:3 7

Y15 X20:7 24
X20:4 25

X20:8

A4
Y16 27
X20:5 32

A5 X21:1
B C X21:2
A X31:3 16
X25

9
2
3
5
4 X21:4
3
S23 1 X21:5 20
X21:6 18 21
4 X21:7 13
3
S24 1 X21:8 31
X21:9
+5V 14

17
-5V 1

4 X21:10
3
S25 1 X21:11
X24:3

X24:2

X24:1
X7:1

X22:3

X22:2

X22:1

4 2
X7:2 7 3
Y13
B A X7:3 A3 X7:4 X11:8
6 5
C D
8
B1 X6:2 S P1 F5
∞C

+
ñ 5A

B2 X6:3 S P2
∞C

+
ñ

P4
B3 X6:5 S P3 1
Q

G + 4
ñ 3

S26 X6:7 H9
H10
S27 X6:8 H11 + P5
h

ñ
S28 X6:9 H12
Z

F6
M3 S29 X10:6 X9:6
5
M

1
X15:1 15A

S30
M4 X15:4 7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1

S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
1 F7
M

X6:11
20A

F8

282E002F

240 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8

Conection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8

at rollers with wheel diferential lock without control unit A4

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 241

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock) Also valid for ASC 70-90 with engine B4.5-
99 TIER II
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - CASE

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional) S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)

A2 - Brake timer S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
A3 - Travel control S9 - Push button of horn
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional) S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional) S11 - Push button of emergency brake
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
B3 - Fuel level sensor S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
E1 - Instruments illumination S15 - Pressure switch of steering
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional) S16 - Switch - fast travel
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional) S17 - Switch - speed preselector
E6, 7 - Front headlights S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
E8, 9 - Rear headlights S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional) S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional) S21 - Pressure switch of brake
E14 - Cabin illumination S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
E15 - Safety beacon (optional) S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
G1,2 - Batteries S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
G3 - Alternator S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional) S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
H2 - Horn S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional) S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
H6 - Indicator of brake S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection S35 - Parking brake push button
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
H10 - Indicator of charging V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with signalling of sound lift
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging cabin)
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC) X1 - Hand lamp socket
K1 - Contactor X2-24 - Connectors
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
M1 - Starter X27 - Socket of safety beacon
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
M4 - Front windscreen wiper Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
M6 - Front windscreen washer Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
M7 - Rear windscreen washer Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
M8 - Fan of heating Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
P1 - Engine thermometer Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
P3 - Fuel gauge Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
P4 - Speedometer Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
P5 - Hour counter backward(opt.)
Q1 - Battery disconnector Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel for-
R1,2 - Resistors ward (opt.)
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)
S3 - Switch box Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel for-
S4 - Switch of front headlights ward (opt.)
S5 - Switch of rear headlights Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel back-
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional) ward (opt.)

242 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

Nahrazuje obr. 282e001c.tif pro CASE.WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
12V 12V
M2 B- G3
30 F7 D+ 50

G
31 B+
V3 S1 50A
W K1
50 1
CAB LIFTING Y1 3

Y2 2 7 4
CAB LOWERING 8

X23:2

X23:1
1 3
Y3 S2 2 7
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X3:4

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
E2 X6:1 S3
30 15/54
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1
50a

F1
E4 E1
TAIL LIGHTS 6
S4
2
20A
E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X32:1 X31:1 9 10
FRONT HEADLIGHTS
E7

S5
REAR HEADLIGHTS E8 X32:2 X31:2 1 5
9 10
E9
CABIN ILLUMINATION X32:3,4 X31:3,4 X9:7 X10:7
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT
10 A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT
X1
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT 7
1
31
3 5
E13 X10:4 X9:4
10
SAFETY BEACON X25:7,8
S8
E15 X27 X5:2 1 5
HORN 9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5
REVERSE ALARM
K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
X11:1 1 2 7,5A

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL S11 S10

X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO C NC COM
K3 S13 X13:3
S14 X3:11
2 1 NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
5 3
X13:4

X19:4 Y5 X19:1 1 2
ENGINE STOP X4:1 4
X19:2
S35
1 5
H5 K5
1 2
X14:8

5 3
4
A2
X12:8

H6
Y6 X4:2
BRAKE
STOP UB INP
OUT GND

X11:4
V1
1
3

K6

S15 X4:3
2
4
5

PRESSURE SWITCH OF STEERING V2

X4:4

K8 S16
Y7 X4:5 5 3 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:11 X11:11
X14:1

FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL 2 1

Y14 1 5
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL 8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4 X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
VIBRATION 1 Y9 X4:7
S18 K7
VIBRATION 2 Y10 1 5 3
5 2 1
X4:8 7
X11:7

S20 S19
X8:2 B X8:4 X13:6 X13:5 X11:5
R
X11:11 X8:3 M X11:6 H7
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE S21 X5:1
A
D
C
B
G

E
F

282S0006T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 243

23. Electrical schemata

A
C
B
E
F

15,29

3
Y8 X4:6 6

-24V
X5:4 8
F4

+24V
28,42
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1 26
X20:2 23
40 H13
41

Y12 X20:3 7

Y15 X20:7 24
X20:4 25

X20:8

A4
Y16 27
X20:5 32

A5 X21:1
B C X21:2
A X31:3 16
X25

2
3

9
5
4 X21:4
3
S23 1 X21:5 20
X21:6 18 21
4 X21:7 13
3
S24 1 X21:8 31
+5V 14

X21:9 17
-5V 1

4 X21:10
3
S25 1 X21:11
X24:3

X24:2

X24:1
X7:1

X22:3

X22:2

X22:1

4 2
X7:2 7 3
Y13
B A X7:3 A3 X7:4 X11:8
6 5
C D
8
B1 X6:2 S P1 F5
∞C

+
ñ 5A

B2 X6:3 S P2
∞C

+
ñ

P4
B3 X6:5 S P3 1
Q

G + 4
ñ 3

S26 X6:7 H9
H10
S27 X6:8 H11 + P5
h

ñ
S28 X6:9 H12
Z

F6
M3 S29 X10:6 X9:6
5
M

1
X15:1 15A

S30
M4 X15:4 7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1

S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
1 F7
M

X6:11
20A

F8

282E002c

244 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2
V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8

Conection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8

at rollers with wheel diferential lock without control unit A4

282E0005
F1
20A
10
3
2

10
5
S4

S5
1
9
1
6
8

9
E1

X9:7
X31:3,4
X10:2 X9:2
X10:1 X9:1

X31:2
X3:5

X32:3,4
X32:2
X18:1

E8
E9
E2
E3

E4
E5
E6
E7

Connection of headlights
at rollers with cabine.
282E006en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 245

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER I (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock) Also valid for ASC70-90 with engine B4.5-
99TIER II
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - AMMANN

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (optional) S7 - Change-over switch of direction lights (optional)

A2 - Brake timer S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
A3 - Travel control S9 - Push button of horn
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock (optional) S10 - Position switch of seat panel opening
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination (optional) S11 - Push button of emergency brake
B1 - Sensor of engine oil thermometer S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel control)
B3 - Fuel level sensor S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
E1 - Instruments illumination S15 - Pressure switch of steering
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional) S16 - Switch - fast travel
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional) S17 - Switch - speed preselector
E6, 7 - Front headlights S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
E8, 9 - Rear headlights S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel control)
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional) S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional) S21 - Pressure switch of brake
E14 - Cabin illumination S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
E15 - Safety beacon (optional) S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (optional)
G1,2 - Batteries S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrication
G3 - Alternator S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter clogging
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (optional) S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic filter clogging
H2 - Horn S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional) S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the travel control S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
H6 - Indicator of brake S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heating
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection S35 - Parking brake push button
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the drum
H10 - Indicator of charging V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with signalling of sound lift
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging cabin)
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC) X1 - Hand lamp socket
K1 - Contactor X2-24 - Connectors
K2-8 - Auxiliary relay X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
M1 - Starter X27 - Socket of safety beacon
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting system Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
M4 - Front windscreen wiper Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lowering
M6 - Front windscreen washer Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine STOP
M7 - Rear windscreen washer Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
M8 - Fan of heating Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (left wheel)
P1 - Engine thermometer Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (drum)
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
P3 - Fuel gauge Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration II.
P4 - Speedometer Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel
P5 - Hour counter backward(opt.)
Q1 - Battery disconnector Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - LH wheel for-
R1,2 - Resistors ward (opt.)
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel speed (right wheel)
S3 - Switch box Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel for-
S4 - Switch of front headlights ward (opt.)
S5 - Switch of rear headlights Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential lock - RH wheel back-
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional) ward (opt.)

246 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
12V 12V
M2 B- G3
30 F7 D+ 50

G
31 B+
V3 S1 50A
W K1
50 1
Y1 3
CAB LIFTING 2 7
Y2 4
CAB LOWERING 8

X23:2

X23:1
1 3
Y3 S2
HOOD LIFTING 2 7 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X3:4

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
E2 X6:1 S3
30 15/54
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1
50a

F1
E4 E1
S4 20A
TAIL LIGHTS E5 X18:1 X3:5
6
8
2

1 3
E6 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7

S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5
REAR HEADLIGHTS E9
9 10

X9:7 X10:7
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10 A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
LEFT DIRECTION LIGHT
X1
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

LEFT REAR LIGHT S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 8
RIGHT REAR LIGHT 7
5
1
3 5 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
RIGHT FRONT LIGHT 10

S8
E15 X27 X5:2 1 5
SAFETY BEACON 9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5
HORN
K2 F3
REVERSE ALARM H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
X11:1 1 2 7,5A

X18:6,7 S11 S10

X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO C NC COM
K3 S13 X13:3
S14 X3:11
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 2 1 NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
5 3
X13:4

X19:4 Y5 X19:1 1 2
ENGINE STOP X4:1 4
X19:2
S35
1 5
H5 K5
1 2
X14:8

5 3
4
A2
X12:8

H6
Y6 X4:2
BRAKE
STOP UB INP
OUT GND

X11:4
V1
1
3

K6

S15 X4:3
2

PRESSURE SWITCH OF STEERING

4
5

X4:4 V2

K8 S16
Y7 X4:5 5 3 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:11 X11:11
X14:1

FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL 2 1

Y14 1 5
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL 8
X14:3 X12:3
2 6
X12:6
R1 X12:4 X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
VIBRATION 1 Y9 X4:7
S18 K7
Y10 1 5 3
VIBRATION 2 X4:8 7
5 2 1
X11:7

S20 S19
X8:2 B X8:4 X13:6 X13:5 X11:5
R
X11:11 X8:3 M X11:6 H7
S21 X5:1
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
A
D
C
B
G

E
F

2825S0008T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 247

23. Electrical schemata

A
C
B
E
F

15,29

3
Y8 X4:6 6

-24V
X5:4 8
F4

+24V
28,42
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1 26
X20:2 23
40 H13
41

Y12 X20:3 7

Y15 X20:7 24
X20:4 25

X20:8

A4
Y16 27
X20:5 32

A5 X21:1
B C X21:2
A X31:3 16
X25

2
3

9
5
4 X21:4
3
S23 1 X21:5 20
X21:6 18 21
4 X21:7 13
3
S24 1 X21:8 31
+5V 14

X21:9 17
-5V 1

4 X21:10
3
S25 1 X21:11
X24:3

X24:2

X24:1
X7:1

X22:3

X22:2

X22:1

4 2
X7:2 7 3
Y13
B A X7:3 A3 X7:4 X11:8
6 5
C D
8
B1 X6:2 S P1 F5
∞C

+
ñ 5A

B2 X6:3 S P2
∞C

+
ñ

P4
B3 X6:5 S P3 1
Q

G + 4
ñ 3

S26 X6:7 H9
H10
S27 X6:8 H11 + P5
h

ñ
S28 X6:9 H12
Z

F6
M3 S29 X10:6 X9:6
5
M

1
X15:1 15A

S30
M4 X15:4 7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1

S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
1 F7
M

X6:11
20A

F8

282E002c

248 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8

Conection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8

at rollers with wheel diferential lock without control unit A4

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 249

23. Electrical schemata
Wiring Diagram ASC 70-90 TIER III Murphy
ASC 70 since serial number 753
ASC 90 since serial number 182
Wiring diagram - seat switch Tier III (4x ATC )

A1 - Clicker for direction-indicator lights (optional) S3 - Ignition box

A2 - Electronics to secure travel S4 - Front headlight switch
A3 - Travel actuator S5 - Rear headlight switch
A4 - Multifunctional display Murphy PV - 101 S6 - Warning light switch (optional)
B2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer sensor S7 - Direction-indicator light change-over switch (optional)
B3 - Float (displacer) in fuel tank S8 - Hazard beacon switch (optional)
E1 - Hydraulics thermometer lighting S9 - Horn pushbutton
E2,3 - Front fender lights (optional) S11 - Emergency brake pushbutton
E4,5 - Rear lamps (optional) S12 - Backing horn switch (in travel actuator)
E6,7 - Front headlights S13 - Neutral switch (in travel actuator)
E8,9 - Rear headlights S14 - Float (displacer) inside hydraulic oil tank
E10,11 - LH direction-indicator lights (optional) S16 - Fast travel switch
E12,13 - RH direction-indicator lights (optional) S17 - Selector switch for operating speed preset
E14 - Cab lighting S18 - Vibration selector switch
E15 - Hazard beacon (optional) S19 - Vibration switch (in travel actuator)
F1-12 - Drop-out fuses S21 - Brake pressure switch
G1,2 - Batteries S22 - Seat switch
G3 - Alternator S27 - Vacuum switch for air filter clogged
H1 - Pilot lamp for direction-indicator lights (optional) S28 - Vacuum switch for hydraulic oil filter clogged
H2 - Horn S29 - Cab fan selector switch
H3 - Backing horn (optional) S30 - Front wiper switch
H4 - Pilot lamp for hydraulic oil level S31 - Rear wiper switch
H5 - Pilot lamp for neutral S32 - Washer pushbutton
H6 - Pilot lamp for brake S33 - Heater fan selector switch
H7 - Pilot lamp for vibration preset S35 - Parking brake switch
H8 - Pilot lamp for differential interlock S36 - Switch to reduce drum slip
H10 - Pilot lamp for battery recharging S37 - Engine idling switch
H11 - Pilot lamp for air filter clogged S39 - Double pushbutton to adjust idle rpm
H12 - Pilot lamp for hydraulic oil filter clogged V3 - Interlocking LED (only with Machines having cab lifting
H17 - Pilot lamp for glowing (WTS) alarm)
K1 - Starting contactor V4 -7 - Interlocking LEDs
K2-9 - Auxiliary relays X2-24 - Interface connectors
K10 - Glowing contactor X27 - Socket for hazard beacon
K11 - Auxiliary relay X28-33 - Interface connectors
M1 - Engine starter X34 - Socket for engine diagnostics
M2 - Motor for cab lifting pump X35-40 - J1939 Connector
M3 - Cab ventilation fan X41,42 - Interface connectors
M4 - Front wiper Y1 - Solenoid valve for cab lifting
M5 - Rear wiper Y2 - Solenoid valve for cab lowering
M6 - Windscreen washer Y3 - Solenoid valve for bonnet lifting
M7 - Rear glass washer Y4 - Solenoid valve for bonnet lowering
M8 - Heater fan Y6 - Solenoid valve for brake
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y7 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - LH wheel
Q1 - Battery disconnector Y8 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - drum
R1,2,5 - Resistors Y9 - Solenoid valve vibrations 1
R3 - Engine heating Y10 - Solenoid valve for vibrations 2
R4 - Engine speed control potenciometer Y11 - Solenoid valve to disengage RTM differential interlock
S1 - Cab lifting pushbutton Y13 - Servo valve for travel pump
S2 - Bonnet lifting pushbutton Y14 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - RH wheel

250 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Engine connector
X8
K10

1
R3 F10 F11
125A 30A
G1 G2 M1
Q1
30 31

M
12V 66Ah 12V 66Ah
50

F12
M2 G3
F9

X44:2

X44:1
30 L

G
31 50A B IG
V3 K1
50 S1
Y1 1 3
Cab lifting 7
2 4
Y2
Cab lowering 8
1
S2
3

X43:4

X43:3

X43:2

X43:1
Y3 7
Bonnet lifting 2 4

Y4 8
Bonnet lowering

X2

X4:3

X3:2
X3:4

X3:1
X4:4
X6:1 S3
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30 15/54
E2
50a
Front fender lights E3 X10:1 X9:1

F1
E1
E4 20A
S4
6 2
Rear lamps E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3

E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

Front headlights E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5

Rear headlights E9 Car radio X9:7 X10:7

9 10

power supply E14

X1O:5 X9:5 F2
Cab lighting
10A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

Rear LH direction-indicator S6 A1
H1 1
S7 2
6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 5 8
Rear RH direction-indicator 7 1
3 5 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
Front RH direction-indicator 10

S8
E15 X27 X5:2
Hazard beacon 1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9
Horn 1 5

K2
H3 X18:5 X3:10 F3
Backing horn X11:1
5 3
1 2 S11 7.5A
2 1 X13:2 X11:2

X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 S13 X13:3

K4
NO C NC C 3 5
1 2
S14 X3:11 K3
Hydraulic oil level
X11:3

2 1
X13:4

H4
3
2

5 3 X11:4
K11

4
1
4

K5
H5
1 2
X18:8 X5:3
5 3
X4:1 4
9

12
8
to secure travel
Electronics A2

X4:2
Y6
4

H6
Brake
5

X33:2

X14:1
2

X11:7 X33:1 S22

10

3
1
11

K6

X12:8 X14:8
S35
4

5
2

7
1

5
H8
Y11 X6:2
7

Switching OFF RTM module

K8
4
Y7 X4:5 3 S16
Fast travel – LH wheel 5 1 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
2
1 5
Y14
Fast travel – RH wheel 8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3

Y8 X4:6
Fast travel – drum R1 X12:4 X14:4
X5:4
470R
X12:6

A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3
S17
330R A4 A1
X14:6

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
Vibration 1 S18 K7
Y10 1 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X13:5 X11:5
5 5 3
Vibration 2 7 2 1 H7
X4:8

P S21 X5:1
Brake pressure switch

211248_1old_en
M

C
J

B
K
L

F
E
D

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 251

 23. Electrical schemata

C
B
K
L

F
E
D
J
X12:1
X7:1
Y13 8
B A X7:2 7 5 X7:4 X11:8
A3
Servo valve
C D
X7:3 6

X39

X35
A A A

socket
diagnostics
Engine
X38

C D E F G
X37

A
B B B
C C C

X34
A A
B B F8
A C C A

B
1A
B
B C

A3
A2
X40

X36

A4
F4
B3

A1
A4
X6:5
Fuel consumption gauge

A5
1A
G

A6
V6
V7
S37
7
R4 5
X41:1 1 3 1
21

27
6
X41:2 4 2 2 F5
9
28
1

10 5A
X41:3
45

35

K9
X23 Engine connector

X41:4
2 1
44

15

5 3
X41:5
54

24

4
X41:6
41

X41:7 S39
19

1 3
X41:8 7
26

30

X41:9 H17 R5
60

53

B2 120R
X6:3 S P2
Hydraulic oil temperature
°C H10
P S27 X6:8 H11
Air filter
P S28 X6:9 H12
Hydraulic oil filter

S29
Z

M3 X10:6 X9:6 F6
5 3
Cab ventilation
M

1 15A
(The Machine with A/C has not M3 roof fan and S29 switch) X15:1

M4 X15:4
S30
7
Front wiper 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
X16:3 M5 X16:4
Rear wiper 7 5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
Windscreen washer
M

7 3
M7 X17:2
Rear glass washer 1
M

M8 S33
3 X6:10 5 3
1
Heater fan 1
M

2
X6:11

F7
Reserve for air conditioner
20A
(without RTM)
that have wheel differential lock
with the Machines
Wiring Y7, Y8 and Y14 solenoides

Y7
S16/1,9

X4:5 X12:2 X14:2

Fast travel – LH wheel
Y14
Fast travel – RH wheel
V4

S36
Y8 V5
F3/ výstup

X4:6
Fast travel - drum 1 5
9 10

X5:4
K8
1 2
3
K7/5

4
S18/ 5

211248_2old_en

252 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 253

23. Electrical schemata
Wiring Diagram ASC 70-90 TIER III Murphy
ASC 70 since S/N 2742001
ASC 90 since S/N 2752001
Wiring diagram - seat switch Tier III (4x ATC )

A1 - Clicker for direction-indicator lights (optional) S3 - Ignition box

A2 - Electronics to secure travel S4 - Front headlight switch
A3 - Travel actuator S5 - Rear headlight switch
A4 - Multifunctional display Murphy PV - 101 S6 - Warning light switch (optional)
B2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer sensor S7 - Direction-indicator light change-over switch (optional)
B3 - Float (displacer) in fuel tank S8 - Hazard beacon switch (optional)
E1 - Hydraulics thermometer lighting S9 - Horn pushbutton
E2,3 - Front fender lights (optional) S11 - Emergency brake pushbutton
E4,5 - Rear lamps (optional) S12 - Backing horn switch (in travel actuator)
E6,7 - Front headlights S13 - Neutral switch (in travel actuator)
E8,9 - Rear headlights S14 - Float (displacer) inside hydraulic oil tank
E10,11 - LH direction-indicator lights (optional) S16 - Fast travel switch
E12,13 - RH direction-indicator lights (optional) S17 - Selector switch for operating speed preset
E14 - Cab lighting S18 - Vibration selector switch
E15 - Hazard beacon (optional) S19 - Vibration switch (in travel actuator)
F1-12 - Drop-out fuses S21 - Brake pressure switch
G1,2 - Batteries S22 - Seat switch
G3 - Alternator S27 - Vacuum switch for air filter clogged
H1 - Pilot lamp for direction-indicator lights (optional) S28 - Vacuum switch for hydraulic oil filter clogged
H2 - Horn S29 - Cab fan selector switch
H3 - Backing horn (optional) S30 - Front wiper switch
H4 - Pilot lamp for hydraulic oil level S31 - Rear wiper switch
H5 - Pilot lamp for neutral S32 - Washer pushbutton
H6 - Pilot lamp for brake S33 - Heater fan selector switch
H7 - Pilot lamp for vibration preset S35 - Parking brake switch
H8 - Pilot lamp for differential interlock S36 - Switch to reduce drum slip
H10 - Pilot lamp for battery recharging S37 - Engine idling switch
H11 - Pilot lamp for air filter clogged S39 - Double pushbutton to adjust idle rpm
H12 - Pilot lamp for hydraulic oil filter clogged V3 - Interlocking LED (only with Machines having cab lifting
H17 - Pilot lamp for glowing (WTS) alarm)
K1 - Starting contactor V4 -7 - Interlocking LEDs
K2-9 - Auxiliary relays X2-24 - Interface connectors
K10 - Glowing contactor X27 - Socket for hazard beacon
K11 - Auxiliary relay X28-33 - Interface connectors
M1 - Engine starter X34 - Socket for engine diagnostics
M2 - Motor for cab lifting pump X35-40 - J1939 Connector
M3 - Cab ventilation fan X41,42 - Interface connectors
M4 - Front wiper Y1 - Solenoid valve for cab lifting
M5 - Rear wiper Y2 - Solenoid valve for cab lowering
M6 - Windscreen washer Y3 - Solenoid valve for bonnet lifting
M7 - Rear glass washer Y4 - Solenoid valve for bonnet lowering
M8 - Heater fan Y6 - Solenoid valve for brake
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer Y7 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - LH wheel
Q1 - Battery disconnector Y8 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - drum
R1,2,5 - Resistors Y9 - Solenoid valve vibrations 1
R3 - Engine heating Y10 - Solenoid valve for vibrations 2
R4 - Engine speed control potenciometer Y11 - Solenoid valve to disengage RTM differential interlock
S1 - Cab lifting pushbutton Y13 - Servo valve for travel pump
S2 - Bonnet lifting pushbutton Y14 - Solenoid valve for fast travel - RH wheel

254 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Engine connector
X8
K10

1
R3 F10 F11
125A 30A
G1 G2 M1
Q1
30 31

M
12V 66Ah 12V 66Ah
50

F12
M2 G3
F9

X44:2

X44:1
30 L

G
31 50A B IG
V3 K1
50 S1
Y1 1 3
Cab lifting 7
2 4
Y2
Cab lowering 8
1
S2
3

X43:4

X43:3

X43:2

X43:1
Y3 7
Bonnet lifting 2 4

Y4 8
Bonnet lowering

X2

X4:3

X3:2
X3:4

X3:1
X4:4
X6:1 S3
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30 15/54
E2
50a
Front fender lights E3 X10:1 X9:1

F1
E1
E4 20A
S4
6 2
Rear lamps E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3

E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

Front headlights E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5

Rear headlights E9 Car radio X9:7 X10:7

9 10

power supply E14

X1O:5 X9:5 F2
Cab lighting
10A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

Rear LH direction-indicator S6 A1
H1 1
S7 2
6 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 5 8
Rear RH direction-indicator 7 1
3 5 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
Front RH direction-indicator 10

S8
E15 X27 X5:2
Hazard beacon 1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9
Horn 1 5

K2
H3 X18:5 X3:10 F3
Backing horn X11:1
5 3
1 2 S11 7.5A
2 1 X13:2 X11:2

X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 S13 X13:3

K4
NO C NC C 3 5
1 2
S14 X3:11 K3
Hydraulic oil level
X11:3

2 1
X13:4

H4
3
2

5 3 X11:4
K11

4
1
4

K5
H5
1 2
X18:8 X5:3
5 3
X4:1 4
9

12
8
to secure travel
Electronics A2

X4:2
Y6
4

H6
Brake
5

X33:2

X14:1
2

X11:7 X33:1 S22

10

3
1
11

K6

X12:8 X14:8
S35
4

5
2

7
1

5
H8
Y11 X6:2
7

Switching OFF RTM module

K8
4
Y7 X4:5 3 S16
Fast travel – LH wheel 5 1 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
2
1 5
Y14
Fast travel – RH wheel 8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3

Y8 X4:6
Fast travel – drum R1 X12:4 X14:4
X5:4
470R
X12:6

A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3
S17
330R A4 A1
X14:6

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
Vibration 1 S18 K7
Y10 1 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X13:5 X11:5
5 5 3
Vibration 2 7 2 1 H7
X4:8

P S21 X5:1
Brake pressure switch
M

B
K
L

F
E
D

211248_1new_en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 255

23. Electrical schemata

E
M

B
F
D
J
K

X12:1
X7:1
Y13 X7:2
8
X7:4 X11:8
7 5
B A A3
C D X7:3 6

X39

X35
A A A

X37

C D E F G

A
B B B

X38

socket
diagnostics
Engine
C C C

X34
A A
B B F4
A C C A

B
B 1A
B C

A3
A2
X40

X36

A4

A1
X6:5

A4
A5
B3 G

A6
V6

7 S37 V7
X41:1 1
R4 3
5
1
21

27

6
X41:2 4 2 2 9 F5
28
1

10
X41:3 5A
45

35

K9
X23

X41:4
2 1
44

15

X41:5 5 3
Engine connector

4
54

24

X41:6
41

X41:7 S39
1 3
19

X41:8 7
26

30

X41:9 H17 R5
60

53

B2 X6:3 S P2 120R
°C

P
S27 X6:8 H11 H10
P
S28 X6:9 H12

M3 S29 F6
Z

5 3 X10:6 X9:6
1
M

15A
X15:1

M4 X15:4 7S305
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 S315
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1
M8 3 X6:10
S33
5 3
1 1
M

2 X6:11

F7
Reserve for air conditioner
20A

Reserve F8
S16/1,9

Y7 X4:5 X12:2 X14:2

Fast travel – LH wheel
Y14
Fast travel – RH wheel
S36
V4

Y8 V5
F3/výstup

X4:6 1 5
Fast travel - drum
9 10
X5:4
K8
1 2
3
S18/5

4
K7/5

211248_2new_en

256 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 257

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME ASC 100

to serial number 208

(the diagram represents the machine with maximum number of control elements and accessories)
Key:

B1 Engine revolution sensor P3 Hydraulic oil thermometer

B2 Front vibrator revolution sensor P4 Fuel gauge
B3 Fuel gauge float P5 Engine speedmeter
E1,2 Front headlights Q1 Master switch
E3,4 Rear headlights S1 Switch box
E5 Gauge iluminiation S2 Front lights switch
E14 Cabin iluminiation S3 Rare lights switch
F1-8 Safety fuses S4 Horn button
G1,2 Battery S5 Neutral gear switch (in the travel controller)
G3 Alternator S6 Fast travel switch
H1 Horn S7 Vibration switch (in the travel controller)
H2 Switch vibration pilot lamp S8 Vibration switch (movement of travel controller)
H3 Brake pilot lamp S9 Vibration change - over switch
H4 Engine lubrication pilot lamp S10 Brake pressure switch
H5 Recharging pilot lamp S11 Engine lubricating pressure switch
H6 Air filter clogging pilot lamp S12 Air filter clogging Switch
H7 Hydraulic filter clogging pilot lamp S13 Hydraulic liquid filter clogging switch
H8 Engine overheating pilot lamp S14 Hydraulic liquid overheating switch
H9 Hydraulic fluid overheating pilot lamp S29 Cabin fan switch
H10 Fuel min pilot lamp S30 Front wiper switch
K1 Contactor S31 Rear wiper switch
K2-5 Relay S32 Washers pushbutton
M1 Engine starter S33 Heating fan switch
M3 Cabin fan X Conectioin conectors
M4 Front wiper Y1 Engine stop solenoid valve
M5 Rear wiper Y2 Brake valve solenoid valve
M6 Windscreen washer Y3 Fast travel speed solenoid valve – left wheel
M7 Rear window washer Y4 Fast travel speed solenoid valve – right wheel
M8 Heater fan Y5 Fast travel speed solenoid valve– drum
P1 Hour meter Y6 Vibration 1 solenoid valve
P2 Engine thermometer Y7 Vibration 2 solenoid valve

258 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

G1 G2 M1
- + - + G2 30 31

M
12V 12V
66Ah 66Ah B+ G3 50
D+ K1

G
B+ W

X5:1

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
X5:6
S1
30 15/54
50a
K2 4
3
2
1
E1 S2
1 5 F1
FRONT HEADLIGHTS E2 X10:2 X9:1
9 10 15A

E3 X11:1 X3:4 1
S3 5
9 10
REAR LIGHTS E4 X10:7 X9:4
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:2
CABINE ILLUMINATION
X11:2 5A
X3:5 S4
H1 1 5
HORN
Y1 X12:1
X12:4 X3:7 F3
ENGINE STOP
X12:2 7.5A

X4:2 X7:2 C S5 X7:1 X4:1

Fe PNP
H
K3 M
Y2 1 2
X7:3 X4:3
X3:8 5 3
BRAKE
K4 F4
Y3 X3:9 5 3
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL 2 1 S6 7.5A
FAST TRAVE - RIGHT WHEEL Y4 9 10
X4:4 X7:4 1 5
Y5 X8:1 8 S7
FAST TARVEL - DRUM H2 6
X4:5 X7:5
X8:2
H S8

Fe PNP
Y6 M
X3:10
K5 C

X7:6
VIBRATION 1 S9 2 1 X4:6
Y7 1 5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 7
X3:11
S10 X5:2 H3 F5
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
P

S11 X5:3 H4 5A
ENGINE LUBRICATING
P

S12 X5:4 H6 H5 P1
P
+
AIR FILTR, CHARGING /HOURS

h
–
P
S13 X5:5 H7
HYDRAULIC FILTER ϑ
S15 X6:2 H8
ENGINE OVERHEATING
HYDRAULIC OVERHEATING
ϑ
S14 X6:3 H9
B3 G X6:4
MINIMUM FUEL W X6:5 H10

M3 S29 F6
5 3 X10:6
CABINE FAN (THE ROLLER WITH AIRCONDITION - WITHOUT M3 FAN and S 29 SWITCH) 1
M

X9:3 15A
X15:1
M4 X15:4 7 S30
WINDSCREEN WIPER 5
M

X15:2 1
X16:2
X16:3 M5 X16:4 S31
REAR WINDOW WIPER 7 5
M

X16:1 1
M6 X17:1 S32
WINDSCREEN WASHER
M M

7 3
REAR WINDOW WASHER M7 X17:2 1

M8 X6:7 S33
5 3
HEATING FAN 1
M

X6:8 F7
Reserved for Aircondition

Reserve F8

E5
S2 F1
Valid for the roller with the dash - gauges

6 2
E1 8
1 3 15A
FRONT HEADLIGHTS E2 X10:2 X9:1 9 10
X3:3
X3:2

S10 X5:2 H3 F5
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
P

S11 X5:3 H4 5A
ENGINE LUBRICATING
P

S12 X5:4 H6 H5 P1
+
P

AIR FILTR, CHARGING /HOURS -

h

P
S13 X5:5 H7
HYDRAULIC FILTER
B1 X6:1 S P2
ENGINE OVERHEATING
°C

+
-
B2 X6:3 S P3
HYDRAULIC OVERHEATING
°C

- +
B3 G X6:4 P4 P5
S 1
FUEL GAUGE/ENGINE SPEEDMETER
Q

X6:5 + 4
W - 3

28062en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 259

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME ASC 100

since serial number 209

(the diagram represents the machine with maximum number of control elements and accessories)
Key:

B 1 Engine revolution sensor Q 1 Master switch

B 2 Sensor of the hydraulic oil temperature S 1 Switch box
B 3 Fuel gauge float S 2 Front lights switch
E 1,2 Front headlights S 3 Rare lights switch
E 3,4 Rear headlights S 4 Horn button
E 5 Gauge iluminiation S 5 Neutral gear switch (in the travel controller)
E 14 Cabin iluminiation S 6 Fast travel switch
E 15 Warning beacon S 7 Vibration switch (in the travel controller)
F 1-8 Safety fuses S 8 Vibration switch (movement of travel controller)
G 1,2 Battery S 9 Vibration change - over switch
G 3 Alternator S 10 Brake pressure switch
H 1 Horn S 11 Engine lubricating pressure switch
H 2 Switch vibration pilot lamp S 12 Air filter clogging Switch
H 3 Brake pilot lamp S 13 Hydraulic liquid filter clogging switch
H 4 Engine lubrication pilot lamp S 14 Hydraulic liquid overheating switch
H 5 Recharging pilot lamp S 15 Engine overheating switch
H 6 Air filter clogging pilot lamp S 16 Back up alarm switch
H 7 Hydraulic filter clogging pilot lamp S 17 Back up alarm switch
H 8 Engine overheating pilot lamp S 18 Anti Slip Assistant switch
H 9 Hydraulic fluid overheating pilot lamp S 29 Cabin fan switch
H 10 Fuel min pilot lamp S 30 Front wiper switch
H 11 Back up alarm S 31 Rear wiper switch
H 12 Anti Slip Assistant S 32 Washers pushbutton
K 1 Contactor S 33 Heating fan switch
K 2-5 Relay V 1, 2 Diods
M 1 Engine starter X Conectioin conectors
M 3 Cabin fan Y 1 Engine stop solenoid valve
M 4 Front wiper Y 2 Brake valve solenoid valve
M 5 Rear wiper Y 3 Fast travel speed solenoid valve – left wheel
M 6 Windscreen washer Y 4 Fast travel speed solenoid valve – right wheel
M 7 Rear window washer Y 5 Fast travel speed solenoid valve– drum
M 8 Heater fan Y 6 Vibration 1 solenoid valve
P 1 Hour meter Y 7 Vibration 2 solenoid valve
P 2 Engine thermometer
P 3 Hydraulic oil thermometer
P 4 Fuel gauge
P 5 Engine speedmeter

260 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
G1 G2 M1
– + – +
Q1 30 31

M
12V 66Ah 12V 66Ah B- G3 K1
D+ 50

G
B+

X5:1 S1

X3:3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
30 15/54
X5:6 K2 4
50a 3
E1 S2 2 1
1 5 F1
FRONT HEADLIGHTS E2 X10:2 X9:1 9 10 15A
E3 X11:1 X3:4 S3
1 5
9 10
REAR LIGHTS E4 X10:7 X9:4
E14 X10:5 F2
X9:2
CABINE ILLUMINATION X11:2 7.5A
H1 X3:5 S4
1 5
HORN
E15 X13 X3:5
S16
WARNING BEACON 1 5
9 10
H11 X22:2 X21:2 X20:2

X22:1 X21:4
BACK UP ALARM
S17 X21:3 X21:1 X3:5 F3
BACK UP ALARM SWITCH 14 13
X12:1 7.5A
X3:5
ENGINE STOP X12:4 X12:2
Y1 S5 X7:1 X4:1
X4:2 X7:2 C

Fe
K3 H

PNP
2 M X7:3 X4:3
1
Y2 X3:8 5 3
BRAKE Y3 X3:9 K4 3 F4
5
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL 2 1 S6
Y4 9 10
7.5A

FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL X4:4 X7:4 1 5

Y5 X8:1 8 S7
H2 6
FAST TRAVEL - DRUM X4:5 X7:5
X8:2
H S8
M

Fe
PNP
Y6 X3:10 K5 C

X7:6
VIBRATION 1 1
S9 2 1
Y7 5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 X3:11 7
P S10 X5:2 H3 F5
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH P S11 X5:3 H4 5A
P1
ENGINE LUBRICATING H6 H5
P
S12 X5:4 +
AIR FILTR, CHARGING /HOURS

h
–
P
S13 X5:5 H7
HYDRAULIC FILTER 
S15 X6:2 H8
ENGINE OVERHEATING
HYDRAULIC OVERHEATING

S14 X6:3 H9
B3 G X6:4
MINIMUM FUEL X6:5 H10
W
F6
M3 S29 X10:6
CABINE FAN (THE ROLLER WITH AIRCONDITION 5 3
1
M

WITHOUT M3 FAN and S 29 SWITCH) X9:3

15A
X15:1
WINDSCREEN WIPER M4 X15:4 7
S30
5
M

X15:2 1
X16:2 S31
X16:3 M5 X16:4 7
REAR WINDOW WIPER 5
M

X16:1 1
M6 X17:1 7 S32
WINDSCREEN WASHER
M

3
REAR WINDOW WASHER M7 X17:2 1
S33
M

M8 X6:7 5 3
HEATING FAN 1
M

X6:8 F7
Reserved for Aircondition

F8
Reserv

E5
S2 F1
E1 6 2
8 3 15A
FRONT HEADLIGHTS E2 X10:2 X9:1 1
9 10
X3:3
X3:2

S10 X5:2 H3 F5
Valid for the roller with the dash - gauges
P
BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
S11 X5:3 H4 5A
ENGINE LUBRICATING
P

S12 H5 P1
P
X5:4 H6 +
AIR FILTR, CHARGING /HOURS –
h

HYDRAULIC FILTER
P
S13 X5:5 H7
B1 X6:1 S P2
+
ENGINE OVERHEATING
°C

–
B2
+P3
X6:3 S
HYDRAULIC OVERHEATING
°C

B3 – P5
+P4
X6:4 1
FUEL GAUGE/ENGINE SPEEDMETER G S
Q

W X6:5 4
– 3
X7:3

X7:1

Y3 X3:9
K4 F4
FAST TRAVEL- LEFT WHEEL 5 3
2 1 S6 7.5A
Y4 9 10
FAST TRAVEL- RIGHT WHEEL
V1

Y5
X4:4 X7:4 1 5 THIS WIRING OF THE SOLENOID Y3,Y4, Y5,
X8:1 8 S7 Y6, Y7 VALID FOR THE ROLLER WITH AST
FAST TRAVEL- DRUM H2 X4:5 X7:5
6
V2

X8:2
H S8
Fe

M
PNP

Y6 X3:10 K5 C
VIBRATION 1 S9
X7:6

1 2 1 X4:6
Y7 5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 X3:11 7 S18
1 5

H12
9 10
211379en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 261

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - AMMANN
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermom-
eter
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (op-
tional)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clog-
ging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp - it is
not conected
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lift-
ing system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
262
P1 - Engine thermometer 1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
P3 - Fuel gauge signalling of sound lift cabin)
P4 - Speedometer X1 - Hand lamp socket
P5 - Hour counter X2-24 - Connectors
Q1 - Battery disconnector X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
R1,2 - Resistors X27 - Socket of safety beacon
R3 - Engine preheating X28-33 - Connectors
R4 - Engine speed control X34 - Engine diagnostic (electronic con-
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system trol module)
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system X35-40 - Connectors J1939
S3 - Switch box X41-42 - Connectors
S4 - Switch of front headlights Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
S5 - Switch of rear headlights Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lower-
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional) ing
S7 - Change-over switch of direction Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
lights (optional) Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional) ing
S9 - Push button of horn Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine
S10 - Position switch of seat panel open- STOP
ing Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
S11 - Push button of emergency brake Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional) speed (left wheel)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con- Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
trol) speed (drum)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
S15 - Pressure switch of steering I.
S16 - Switch - fast travel Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differen-
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
tial lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differen-
control)
tial lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
speed (right wheel)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differen-
al)
tial lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (op-
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differ-
tional)
ential lock - RH wheel backward
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrica- (opt.)
tion
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8 ENGINE CONECTOR

RESERVE
W
M
A

H
B

P
E
F
F12 7,5A

F14 10A
7,5A F11

10A F13

F15
7,5A

F16
R3 K10

G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
12V 12V
M2 GRD G3 50
30
F9

ñ
M

G
31 BAT
S1 50A K1
V3 50
1
Y1 3
CAB LIFTING
Y2 27 4
CAB LOWERING 8
1 3
Y3 S2 27
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X3:2
X3:4

X2

X3:1
S3
X6:1 30 15/54
E2
50a
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1

F1
E1
E4
S4 20A
TAIL LIGHTS E5 X18:1 X3:5
6
8
2

1 3
E6 X10:2 X9:2 9 10
FRONT HEADLIGHTS
E7
X18:2 X3:6 S5
E8 1 5
REAR HEADLIGHTS E9 X9:7 X10:7
9 10

E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT S6
H1 S7 A1
2 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 6
RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT 5 8
1
7 31
3 5
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT E13 X10:4 X9:4
10

X27 S8
E15 X5:2
SAFETY BEACON 1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9
HORN 1 5

K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10
REVERSE ALARM X11:1
5 3
1 2 7,5A

S11 S10
X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO C NC COM
S14
K3 S13 X13:3
X3:11
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 2 1
NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
3 5
X13:4

1 2
X4:1 4
S35
1 5 K5
H5
5 5
X18:8 X5:3 5 5
X14:8 X12:8

A2 H6
Y6 X4:2
BRAKE
OUT
STOPUB INP

X11:1
V1
1
3
GND

K6

P S15 X4:3
PRESSURE SWITCH OF STEERING
4
5
2

X4:4 V2

K8 S16
Y7 X4:5 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
X14:1

FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL 5 3

Y14 2 1 1 5
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL 8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4 X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 A4 A1
330R
X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18 K7
Y10 1 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X13:5 X11:5
VIBRATION 2 5 5 3
7 2 1
X4:8 H7

P S21 X5:1
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
H

C
F

A
D
G

B
I

282S0003T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 263

23. Electrical schemata

B
H

A
C
G
F
I

15,29
3
Y8 X4:6 6
FAST TRAVEL (DRUM)

ñ 24V
X5:4 8
28,42 F4

+ 24V
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD X20:2
26
40 H13
23
41
Y12 X20:3
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD 7

A4
Y15 X20:7
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD 24
X20:4 25

VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD Y16 X20:8 27

X20:5 32
A5 X21:1 X25
SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION B C X21:2

2
3
5
9
A X21:3 16
4 X21:4 20
3
SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED S23 1 X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4 X21:7
SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED 3
S24 1 X21:8
31

+ 5V
ñ 5V
X21:9 17
4 X21:10

14
3
SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

1
S25 1 X21:11

X24:21X22:2

X24:1 X22:1
X24:3 X22:3
Y13
B A
SERVOVALVE

X7:1
C D
X7:2 4 2
7
X19 Conectorof engine A

3
19 27 37 49
B D A C

A3
SENSOR OF COOLING LIQUID X7:3 6 5 X7:4 X11:8
B1

8
A
2 12 44

B
C
X39

X35

A A A

A
B CDE F G
X38

B
X37

Diag. plug
of engine
C A A C C

X34
B B F5
A C C A B
5A
B B
V6
X40

X36

X42:5 V7
49 50 29

S40 X42:6 S37

SWITCH WATER IN FUEL (FILTER) R4 7
40 41

X41:7 5
1 3 1
6
X41:8 4 2 2 9
19 30

X41:9 10
X23

K9
X41:6
2 1
25 26 20 37 36 35 12

X41:5 5 3
CONECTORB ENGINE

4
X41:1

X41:4
S38
1 5
X41:2 S39
1 3
X41:3 7
3 P4
X41:10 4
h

1
X42:1 H14
1

X42:2 H15
2

X42:3 H16
3

X42:4 H17
4

B2 X6:3 P2
S
TEMPERATURE OF HYDRALIC LIQUID
∞C

+
-
B3 X6:5 S P3
FUEL GAUGE
Q

G +
-
P H10 P5
S27 X6:8 H11
AIR FILTER +
h

P -
S28 X6:9 H12
HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER
S29 F6
Z

M3 5 3 X10:6 X9:6
CABIN VENTILATION 1
M

15A
X15:1
M4 X15:4 S30
7
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER 5
M

X15:2 1
X16:2

REAR WINDSREEN WIPER X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 S31

5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
FAN OF HEATING 1
M

X6:11 F7
AIRCONDITION
20A
F8
RESERVE

282S00004T

264 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8

Conection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8

at rollers with wheel diferential lock without control unit A4

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 265

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)

Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories) - CASE

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp - it is
not conected
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel open-
ing
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrica-
tion
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic (electronic control
module)
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine
STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

266 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8 ENGINE CONECTOR

RESERVE
W
M
A

H
B

P
E
F
7,5A F11
F12 7,5A

F14 10A
10A F13
7,5A

F15

F16
R3 K10

G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
12V 12V
GRD G3 50
M2
30 F9

ñ
G
M
31 BAT
S1 50A K1
V3 50 1 3
CAB LIFTING Y1
27 4
Y2
CAB LOWERING 8
1 3
Y3 S2 2 7
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X3:2
X3:4

X2

X3:1
X6:1 30 S3 15/54
E2 50a
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1

F1
E1
E4
S4 20A
TAIL LIGHTS E5 X18:1 X3:5
6
8
2

1 3
E6 X32:1 X31:1 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS
E7
S5
E8 X32:2 X31:2 1 5
9 10
REAR HEADLIGHTS E9
X32:3,4 X31:3,4 X9:7 X10:7
E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT S6 A1
H1 S7 2 49a 49
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 6
5 8
RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT 7
1
31
3 5
E13 X10:4 X9:4
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT 10

X27 S8
E15 X5:2
SAFETY BEACON 1 5
9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5
HORN
K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
REVERSE ALARM X11:1 1 2 7,5A
S11 S10
X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO C NC COM
S14
K3 S13 X13:3
X3:11
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 2 1
NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3
3 5
X13:4

1 2
X4:1 4
S35
1 5 K5
H5
5 5
X18:8 X5:3 5 5
X14:8 X12:8

A2 H6
BRAKE Y6 X4:2
OUT
STOPUB INP

X11:1
V1
1
3
GND

K6

P S15
PRESSURE SWITCH OF STEERING X4:3
4
5
2

X4:4 V2

K8 S16
Y7 X4:5 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL
X14:1

5 3
Y14 2 1 1 5
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL 8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4 X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 A4 A1
330R
X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18 K7
Y10 1 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X13:5 X11:5
5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 7 2 1
X4:8 H7

P S21 X5:1
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
D
H

B
F
G

C
A
E
I

282S0005T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 267

23. Electrical schemata

B
H

A
C
G
F
I

15,29
3
Y8 X4:6 6
FAST TRAVEL (DRUM)

ñ 24V
X5:4 8
28,42 F4

+ 24V
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD X20:2
26
40 H13
23
41
Y12 X20:3
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD 7

A4
Y15 X20:7
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD 24
X20:4 25

VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD Y16 X20:8 27

X20:5 32
A5 X21:1 X25
SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION B C X21:2

2
3
5
9
A X21:3 16
4 X21:4 20
3
SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED S23 1 X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4 X21:7
SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED 3
S24 1 X21:8
31

+ 5V
ñ 5V
X21:9 17
4 X21:10

14
3
SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

1
S25 1 X21:11

X24:21X22:2

X24:1 X22:1
X24:3 X22:3
Y13
B A
SERVOVALVE

X7:1
C D
X7:2 4 2
7
X19 Conectorof engine A

3
19 27 37 49
B D A C

A3
SENSOR OF COOLING LIQUID X7:3 6 5 X7:4 X11:8
B1

8
A
2 12 44

B
C
X39

X35

A A A

A
B CDE F G
X38

B
X37

Diag. plug
of engine
C A A C C

X34
B B F5
A C C A B
5A
B B
V6
X40

X36

X42:5 V7
49 50 29

S40 X42:6 S37

SWITCH WATER IN FUEL (FILTER) R4 7
40 41

X41:7 5
1 3 1
6
X41:8 4 2 2 9
19 30

X41:9 10
X23

K9
X41:6
2 1
25 26 20 37 36 35 12

X41:5 5 3
CONECTORB ENGINE

4
X41:1

X41:4
S38
1 5
X41:2 S39
1 3
X41:3 7
3 P4
X41:10 4
h

1
X42:1 H14
1

X42:2 H15
2

X42:3 H16
3

X42:4 H17
4

B2 X6:3 P2
S
TEMPERATURE OF HYDRALIC LIQUID
∞C

+
-
B3 X6:5 S P3
FUEL GAUGE
Q

G +
-
P H10 P5
S27 X6:8 H11
AIR FILTER +
h

P -
S28 X6:9 H12
HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER
S29 F6
Z

M3 5 3 X10:6 X9:6
CABIN VENTILATION 1
M

15A
X15:1
M4 X15:4 S30
7
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER 5
M

X15:2 1
X16:2

REAR WINDSREEN WIPER X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 S31

5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
FAN OF HEATING 1
M

X6:11 F7
AIRCONDITION
20A
F8
RESERVE

282S00004T

268 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2
V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8

Conection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8

at rollers with wheel diferential lock without control unit A4

282E0005
F1
20A
10
3
2

10
5
S4

S5
1
9
1
6
8

9
E1

X9:7
X31:3,4
X10:2 X9:2
X10:1 X9:1

X31:2
X3:5

X32:3,4
X32:2
X18:1

E8
E9
E2
E3

E4
E5
E6
E7

Connection of headlights
at rollers with cabine.
282E006en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 269

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories in road version)
A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Brake timer
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
E16,17 - Brake lights (optional)
E18 - Car make lighting (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H9 - Indicator of engine lubrication
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ASC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp - it is
not conected
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
270
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P1 - Engine thermometer
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S10 - Position switch of seat panel open-
ing
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (optional)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S26 - Pressure switch of engine lubrica-
tion
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V1,2,4,5 - Blocking diode
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
X1 - Hand lamp socket
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic (electronic control
module)
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y5 - Electromagnetic valve of engine
STOP
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8 ENGINE CONECTOR

RESERVE
A
B

E
F
H
P
W
F14
F12 7,5A
7,5A F11

10A

F15
F13
7,5A

F16
10A
R3 K10
G1 G2 M1
Q1 ñ + ñ + 30 31

M
M2 12V 12V
F9 GRD G3 50
31 30

ñ
M

G
50A BAT
V3 50 1
S1 K1
Y1 3
CAB LIFTING
27
Y2 4
CAB LOWERING 8
1 3
Y3 S2 27
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING
E2 X6:1
S3

X3:2

X3:1
X2
X3:4
30 15/54
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1
50a
E4
F1
TAIL LIGHTS E5 E1
S4 20A
X18:1 X3:5 6 2
E18 8
CAR MAKE LIGHTING 1 3
E6 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6
1 5
REAR HEADLIGHTS E9
9 10

S34
E19 X10:2 X9:2
1 5

FRONT AUXILIARY HEADLAMP E20 X9:7 X10:7 9 10

E14
X10:5 X9:5 F2
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10A
E10 X29:4
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT S6 A1
H1 S7 2
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
6 49a 49
RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT 7
1
3 5 31
E13 X29:5
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT X29:7,8
10

E15 X27 S8
X5:2
SAFETY BEACON 1 5
S9 9 10
H2 X3:9 1 5
HORN
H3 K2 F3
X18:5 X3:10 5 3
REVERSE ALARM X11:1 1 2 7,5A

X18:6,7
S11 S10
X13:1 S12 2 1 X13:2 X11:2
NO 0 NC COM
S14 X3:11 K3 S13 X13:3
HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL 2 1 NC C K4
X11:3

H4 5 3 5
X13:4

3
1 2
X4:1 4
S35
E16 5 K5
1
H5
1 2
BRAKE LIGHTS E17 X18:8 X5:3 5 3
X14:8 X12:8

4
A2 H6
Y6 X4:2
X11:4
STOP UB INP
OUT

BRAKE
V1
1
3
GND

K6

P
S15 X4:3
4

PRESSURE SWITCH OF STEERING

5
2

X4:4 V2

K8 S16
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL Y7 X4:5 5 3
X12:2 X14:2
9 10
X13:8 X11:8
X14:1

Y14 2 1 5
1
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL 8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3
X12:6
R1 X12:4 X14:4
470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5 A3 S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18 K7
Y10 1 5 3 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X13:5 X11:5
5
VIBRATION 2 2 1
X4:8 7 H7

P S21 X5:1
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
D
H

B
F
I

A
C
E

282S0009Ten

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 271

23. Electrical schemata

B
H

A
C
G
F
I

15,29
3
Y8 X4:6 6
FAST TRAVEL (DRUM)

ñ 24V
X5:4 8
28,42 F4

+ 24V
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD X20:2
26
40 H13
23
41
Y12 X20:3
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD 7

A4
Y15 X20:7
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD 24
X20:4 25

VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD Y16 X20:8 27

X20:5 32
A5 X21:1 X25
SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION B C X21:2

2
3
5
9
A X21:3 16
4 X21:4 20
3
SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED S23 1 X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4 X21:7
SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED 3
S24 1 X21:8
31

+ 5V
ñ 5V
X21:9 17
4 X21:10

14
3
SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

1
S25 1 X21:11

X24:21X22:2

X24:1 X22:1
X24:3 X22:3
Y13
B A
SERVOVALVE

X7:1
C D
X7:2 4 2
7
X19 Conectorof engine A

3
19 27 37 49
B D A C

A3
SENSOR OF COOLING LIQUID X7:3 6 5 X7:4 X11:8
B1

8
A
2 12 44

B
C
X39

X35

A A A

A
B CDE F G
X38

B
X37

Diag. plug
of engine
C A A C C

X34
B B F5
A C C A B
5A
B B
V6
X40

X36

X42:5 V7
49 50 29

S40 X42:6 S37

SWITCH WATER IN FUEL (FILTER) R4 7
40 41

X41:7 5
1 3 1
6
X41:8 4 2 2 9
19 30

X41:9 10
X23

K9
X41:6
2 1
25 26 20 37 36 35 12

X41:5 5 3
CONECTORB ENGINE

4
X41:1

X41:4
S38
1 5
X41:2 S39
1 3
X41:3 7
3 P4
X41:10 4
h

1
X42:1 H14
1

X42:2 H15
2

X42:3 H16
3

X42:4 H17
4

B2 X6:3 P2
S
TEMPERATURE OF HYDRALIC LIQUID
∞C

+
-
B3 X6:5 S P3
FUEL GAUGE
Q

G +
-
P H10 P5
S27 X6:8 H11
AIR FILTER +
h

P -
S28 X6:9 H12
HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER
S29 F6
Z

M3 5 3 X10:6 X9:6
CABIN VENTILATION 1
M

15A
X15:1
M4 X15:4 S30
7
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER 5
M

X15:2 1
X16:2

REAR WINDSREEN WIPER X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 S31

5
M

X16:1 1

M6 X17:1 S32
WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT
M M

7 3
M7 X17:2 1
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
FAN OF HEATING 1
M

X6:11 F7
AIRCONDITION
20A
F8
RESERVE

282S00004T

272 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8

Conection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8

at rollers with wheel diferential lock without control unit A4

282E0005

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 273

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME ASC 110-250 with engine TIER II (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)

Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements and accessories with chair switch)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op- P4 - Speedometer 34 - Engine diagnostic

X
tion) P5 - Hour counter X35-40 - Connectors J1939
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing Q1 - Battery disconnector X41-42 - Connectors
A3 - Travel control R1,2,5 - Resistors Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
A4 - Control unit of ATC - differential lock R3 - Engine preheating Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
(option) R4 - Engine speed kontrol potentiom- Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination eter Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
(option) S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system ing
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level S2 - Push button of hood lifting system Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer S3 - Switch box Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
B3 - Fuel level sensor S4 - Switch of headlights speed (left wheel)
E1 - Instruments illumination S5 - Switch of rear headlights Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (option) S6 - Switch of warning lights (option) speed (drum)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (option) S7 - Change-over switch of direction Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
E6, 7 - Front headlights lights (option) Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
E8, 9 - Rear headlights S8 - Switch of safety beacon (option) II.
E10,11 - Left direction lights (option) S9 - Push button of horn Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of ASC - LH
E12,13 - Right direction lights (option) S11 - Push button of emergency brake wheel backward(opt.)
E14 - Cabin illumination S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the trav- Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of ASC- LH
E15 - Safety beacon (option) el control) wheel forward (opt.)
F1-9 - Fuses S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con- Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
F11-16 - Fuses of engine trol) Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
G1,2 - Batteries S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank speed (right wheel)
G3 - Alternator S16 - Switch - fast travel Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option- S17 - Switch - speed preselector lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
al) S18 - Change-over switch of vibration Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
H2 - Horn S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con- lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)
H3 - Back-up alarm (option) trol)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level S21 - Pressure switch of brake
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the S22 - Chair switch
travel control S23 - Sensor of drum speed (option)
H6 - Indicator of brake S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option)
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (op-
H10 - Indicator of charging tion)
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging clogging
H13 - Indicator of ATC S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red filter clogging
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp S29 - Switch of cabin ventilation
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel- S30 - Switch of windscreen wiper
low S31 - Switch of rear window wiper
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
K1 - Start relay S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay ing
K10 - Preheating relay S35 - Parking brake push button
K11 - Auxiliaries relay S36 - Switch of limit spin of the drum
M1 - Starter S37 - Engine idle speed switch
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
system S39 - Trouble shooting switch
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation S40 - Water in fuel sensor
M4 - Front windscreen wiper V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper signalling of sound lift cabin)
M6 - Windscreen washer V4-7 - Blocking diode
M7 - Rear window washer X2-24 - Connectors
M8 - Fan of heating X25 - Diagnostic socket (option)
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer X27 - Socket of safety beacon
P3 - Fuel gauge X28-33 - Connectors

274 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8 Engine connector

Reserve
A

E
F
H
P
W
F11

F13

F14
7,5A

7,5A

10A

F16
7,5A

10A
F12

F14
R3 K10

G1 G2 M1
Q1 30 31

M
12V 100Ah 12V 100Ah
M2 GRD G3 50
30
F9 I

G
M
31 BAT
S1 50A K1
V3 50
1
Cab lifting Y1 3

2 7
Cab lowering Y2 4
8
1 3

Hood lifting Y3 S2 2 7 4

Hood lowering Y4 8

X3:4

X2

X3:2

X3:1
S3
X6:1 30 15/54
E2
50a
Front outline lights E3 X10:1 X9:1

F1
E4 E1
S4 20A
Tail lights E5 X18:1 X3:5
6 2
8
1 3

E6 X10:2 X9:9 9 10

Front headlights E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5

Rear headlights E9 X9:7 X10:7

9 10

E14 F2
X10:5 X9:5
Cabin illumination
10A
Left front direction light E10 X10:3 X9:3

Left rear direction light E11 X18:3 X9:7

S6 A1
H1 S7 2
Right rear direction light E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
6 49a 49
1
7 31
3 5
Right rear direction light E13 X10:4 X9:4
10

S8
Safety beacom E15 X27 X5:2 1 5
9 10
S9
Horn H2 X3:9
1 5

K2 F3
Reverse alarm H5 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
X11:1 1 2 S11 X13:2 X11:2 7,5A
2 1

X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 S13 X13:3

K4
NO C NC C 3 5
1 2

Hydraulic oil level S14 X3:11

X11:3

2 1
X13:4

H4
3
2

5 3 X11:4
K11

4
K3
4

H5 1
K5
2
X18:8 X5:3 5 3
X4:1 4
9

12
traversing of machine.
8

Y6 X4:2
Electric safeguard

Brake H6
4
5

X33:2

X14:1
2

S22
A2

X11:7 X33:1
10 11

3
1

K6

X12:8 X14:8
S35
4
5
2

7
1

K8
7

Fast travel - left wheel Y7 X4:5 5 3

Fast travel - right wheel Y14 2 1 S16

X12:2 X14:2 X13:8 X11:8
9 10

1 5
8
2 6 X14:3 X12:3

R1 X12:4 X14:4
X12:6

470R A2
R2 X12:5 X14:5
A3
S17
X14:6 330R A4 A1

X14:7 X12:7
Vibration 1 Y9 X4:7
S8 K7 S19
Y10 1 5 5 3 X11:6 X13:6 X13:5 X11:5

7 2 1
Vibration 2 X4:8 H7

Pressure switch of brake P S21 X5:1

D
C

A
H

Z
F
J
I

282S018Ten

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 275

23. Electrical schemata

D
C

A
H

B
F

Z
J
I
X20:10,11

15,23

3
Y8 X4:6 6
Fast travel drum

(-24V)
X5:4 8
28,42 F4

+24V
5
2 7,5A
Y11 X20:1 26
Valve of the left wheel backward 40 H13
X20:2 23
41
Y12 X20:3 7
Valve of the left wheel forward
Y15 X20:7 24
Valve of the right wheel forward
X20:4 25

Valve of the right wheel backward Y16 X20:8 27

X20:5 32

A5 X21:1
Sensor of longitudinal inclination B C X21:2
X25

3
5
9
2
A X21:3 16
4 (C) X21:4 20
3 (M)
Sensor of drum speed S23 1 (H) X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4 (C) X21:7
Sensor of left wheel speed 3 (M)
S24 X21:8
1 (H)
31
X21:9 17

5V 1
Sensor of right wheel speed

+
-
4 (C) X21:10

14
3 (M)
S25 1 (H) X21:11

X12:1 X7:1

X24:3 X22:3

X24:2 X22:2

X24:1 X22:1
Y13
B A
Servovalve
C D
X19

X7:2 4 2
7 3
19 27 37 49
B

Sensor of cooling liquid X7:3 A3 X7:4 X11:8

D A C

Connector

6 5
B1

2
"A"
2 12 44

B
C
engine

X35
X39

plung of engine
X37

A A A
X38

C D E F G

A
Diagnostic

B B B
X34
C A A C C
B B F5
C C A
B

A
5A
B B
X40

X36

V6
X42:5 V7
49

Switch water in fuel filter S40 X42:6

S37
50
40

7
X41:7 1
R4 3
5
1
41

29

6
X41:8 4 2 2 9
19

X41:9 10
30

K9
X41:6
2
X23

1
25

X41:5 5 3
26

4
Connector

X41:1
20

X41:4 S38
1 5
37

X41:2 S39
"B"
36

1 3
X41:3 7
35
engine

3
X41:10 4 P4
12

1
X42:1 H14
1

X42:2 H15
2

X42:3 H16
3

X42:4 H17
4

B2 X6:3 P2
Temperarure of hydraulic liquid S
C

+
-

Fuel gauge B3 X6:5 S P3

Q

G +
-
Air filter P
S27 H11 H10
X6:8 + P5
h

-
Hydraulic liquid filter P
S28 X6:9 H12

M3 X10:6 X9:6 F6
Cabin ventilation 5 3
M

1
S29 20A
X15:1

Front windscreen wiper M4 X15:4 7

S30
5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
Rear windscreen wiper X16:3 M5 X16:4 S31
7
5
M

X16:1 1

Windscreen washer front M6 X17:1 S32 F7

M M

7 3 Reserve
Windscreen washer rear M7 X17:2 1 for aircondition 20A
S33 F8
M8 X6:10 5 3 Reserve
Fan of heating
M

1
X6:11

282S019Ten

276 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 277

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME- rollers with engine TIER III (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)

Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements, accessories with chair switch)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the trav-
el control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
V4-7 - Blocking diode
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

278 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8
Engine connector

4
3
2
1
30A
F11
K10 F10
R3
125A
G1 G2
M1
– + – + Q1 30 31

M
12V 12V
1OOAh 1OOAh 50

F12
GRD
M2 G3
30 F9

–
M

G
31 50A BAT W
S1 K1
V3 50
1 3
Y1
CAB LIFTING
2 7 4
Y2
CAB LOWERING 8
1 3
Y3 S2 2 7
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X3:4

X4:4

X4:3

X3:2
X2

X3:1
X6:1 S3
15/54

put in
Radio
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30
E2
50a
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1
F1
E1
E4
S4 20A
6 2
TAIL LIGHTS E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5
9 10
REAR HEADLIGHTS E9 X9:7 X10:7
E14
X1O:5 X9:5 F2
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10A
E10 X10:3 X9:3
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT
Z

E11 X18:3 X3:7

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT S6
S7 A1
H1 2
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 6 49a 49
RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT 5 8
1
7 3 31
5
E13 X10:4 X9:4
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT 10
S8
E15 X27 X5:2 1 5
SAFETY BEACON 9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5
HORN
K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
REVERSE ALARM 1 2 S11 7.5A
2 1 X11:2
X11:1
X18:6,7 S13 X13:2
S12 X13:3
K4
X13:1 NO C NC C 3 5
S14 1 2
X3:11 K3
X11:3

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

X13:4

H4 2 1
3
2

5 3 X11:4
K11

4
4
1

H5 K5
1 2
X18:8 X5:3 5 3
X4:1 4

9
8 12
Y6 X4:2 4
electronics

5 H6
X33:2

BRAKE
X14:1
Travel

2 S22
10 3 X11:7 X33:1
3
1

11
K6
A2

S35
1 X12:8 X14:8 7
4
5
2

5
K8 7 6
Y7 X4:5
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL 5 3
2 1 S16
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL Y14
X12:2 9 10 X13:8
X14:2 1 5 X11:8
8
2 6 X14:3
X12:3
R1 X12:4
470R X14:4 A2
X12:6

R2 X12:5 A3 S17
330R X14:5 A4 A1

X14:6 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18 X14:7 K7 S19
Y10 1 X11:6 X13:6 X13:5
5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 2 1
7 H7 X11:5

X4:8
P S21
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
X5:1
M

A
J

B
K
L

F
E
D
I

211141_1

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 279

23. Electrical schemata

X20:10,11

G
F
E
D
C
B
A
M

H
K
L

15,29

3
Y8 X4:6 6
FAST TRAVEL (DRUM) X5:4 8

-(24V)
28,42 F4
5 +(24V)
X20:1 26 2 7,5A
Y11
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD 40
X20:2 23
41 H13

Y12 X20:3 7
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD

A4
Y15 X20:7 24
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD X20:4 25

ATC ELECTRONICS
Y16 X20:8 27
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD X20:5 32
A5 X21:1
Y25
SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION B C X21:2

2
3
5
9
A X21:3 16
4(C) X21:4 20
SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED 3(M)
S23 1(H) X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4(C) X21:7
3(M)
SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED S24 1(H) X21:8
31
X21:9 17

5V 1
+

–
4(C) X21:10

14
3(M)
S25 1(H) X21:11
SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

X24:2 X22:2
X24:3 X22:3

X24:1 X22:1
X12:1 X7:1
Y13 4 2
B A X7:2 7 3
SERVOVALVE C D X7:3 6 A3 X7:4 X11:8
5

8
X39

X35

X34
A A A
X37
X38

A
C D E F G

Engine diag.
B B B
C
J1939
A A C C
B B F8
A C C A
B

V6 1A
B B
V7
X36
X40

S37
7
R4 5
X41:7 1 3 1
22 23
37 47

6
X41:8 4 2 2 F5
9
X41:9 10 5A
46 39

X41:6 K9
2
11

1
X41:5 5 3
40 42

1 34 2 24 25 43 44

4
X41:1
X23

X41:4 S38
1 5
ENGINE CONNECTOR

X41:2 S39
1 3
X41:3 7
4 P4
X42:1 H14 1
h

3
X42:2 H15
28

R6 X42:4 H17
32

50

10K
B2 X6:3
TEMPERATURE OF HYDRAULIC LIQUID S P2
°C

– +
X6:5 S P3 R5
FUEL GAUGE B3
Q

G 12R
P P5
S27 X6:8 H11
AIR FILTER + –
h

P X6:9 H10
S28 H12
HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER
S29
Z

M3 X10:6 X9:6 F6
5 3
1
M

CABIN VENTILATION X15:1

15A

M4 X15:4 S30
7 5
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
REAR WINDSREEN WIPER X16:3 M5 X16:4 7 5
M

X16:1 1

WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT M6 X17:1 S32

M

7 3
M7 X17:2
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR 1
M

S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
FAN OF HEATING
M

1
X6:11

F7
RESERVE FOR AIR CONDITION

20A

211141_2en

280 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 281

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME - rollers with engine TIER III (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
The description applies for the rollers: ASC 110 from S/N 1335; ASC130 from S/N 0128; ASC150 from S/N 0835
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements, accessories with chair switch)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2,5,6 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the trav-
el control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
V4-7 - Blocking diode
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

282 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8
Engine connector

4
3
2
1
F11
K10

30A
R3 F10
G1 G2 125A
M1
– +– + Q1 30 31

M
12V 12V
1OOAh 1OOAh 50

F12
M2 F9
GRD G3
30 I

G
31
S1 50A BAT W K1
V3 50
CABUNE LIFTING Y1 1 3
27
CABINE LOWERING Y2 4
8
1 3

BONET LIFTING Y3 S2 27 4
BONET LOWERING Y4 8

X4:3

X3:2
X3:4

X4:4

X3:1
X2
X6:1 S3
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30 15/54

supply
Radio
E2
50a
FRONT SIDELIGHTS
E3 X10:1 X9:1

F1
E4 E1
S4 20A
TAIL LAMPS 6 2
E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7
E8 X18:2 X3:6
S5
1 5
REAR LIGHTS 9 10
E9 X9:7 X10:7
E14
X1O:5 X9:5 F2
CABINE ILLUMINATION
10A
FRONT LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR
E10 X10:3 X9:3
Z
E11 X18:3 X3:7
REAR LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR S6
H1 S7 2
A1
E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
6 49a 49
REAR RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR 7
1
3 5 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
FRONT RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR 10

E15 X27 X5:2

S8
WARNING BEACON 1 5
9 10

H2 X3:9
S9
1 5
HORN

H3 X18:5 X3:10
K2 F3
5 3
BACK UP HORN X11:1 1 2
2
S11
1 X13:2 X11:2 7.5A

X18:6,7
S12 S13
X13:1 X13:3
K4
NO C NC C 3 5
1 2
S14 X3:11 K3
X11:3

HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL 2 1

X13:4

H4
3
2

5 X11:4
K11

3
4
4
1

H5 1 2
K5
X18:8 X5:3 5 3
X4:1 4
9

12
safetguard electronics 7
8

Y6 X4:2
H6
4

BRAKE
X33:2
5

X14:1
Traveling

2
A2

X11:7 X33:1 S22

10 11

3
1
K6

X12:8 X14:8
S35
4
5
2

7
H8 5
1

X6:2
RTM MUDULE SOLENOID
6

Y11
4
K8
FAST TRAVELING - LEFT WHEEL Y7 X4:5 3 S16
5 1 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
Y14 2
FAST TRAVELING - RIGHT WHEEL 1 5
8
2 6 X12:3

Y8 X4:6
R1
X14:3
FAST TRAVELING - DRUM X12:4X14:4
X5:4 470R
X12:6

R2 X12:5X14:5 A2
A3
S17
A1
X14:6 330R A4

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18
Y10 1
K7 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X11:5
5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 7 X13:5
X4:8 2 1
H7

BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH

P S21 X5:1
F
D
B
M
K

C
Е
L

211284_1old_en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 283

23. Electrical schemata

M
K

F
D
B
C
E
L

X12:1
X7:1
Y13 X7:2 7
4 2
3
B A
SERVO VALVE C D X7:3 6 A3 5 X7:4 X11:8

X35
A A

X38

X37

C D E F G

A
B B

DIAGNOSTIC
SOCKET

ENGINE
C C

X34
A A
B B F8
A C C A

B
B 1A
B A C
B
X40

X36
C

X39

A3
A2
A4
F4

A1
B3

A4
X6:5

A5
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE 1A
G

A6
V6
V7

7
S37
X41:1
R4 5
1 3 1
37

22

6
X41:2 4 2 2 9
F5
47

23

X41:3 10
5A
46

X41:4 K9
X23

2 1
39

11

X41:5 5 3
40

4
1

X41:6
42

34

R6 X41:7 S39
28

24

7 3
10k X41:8 1
32

25

X41:9 H17
50
21

X45:1

X45:3

B2 X6:3 S P2
HYDRAULICS FLUID TEMPERARURE
°C

+
–
R5
P
S27 X6:8 H11 120R
AIR FILTER
P H10
S28 X6:9 H12
HYDRAULICS FLUID FILTER

S29
Z

M3 5 3 X10:6 X9:6 F6
1
M

CABINE FAN 15A

(The machine without aircondition is not with M3, switch S 29 ) X15:1
S30
FRONT WIPER
M4 X15:4 7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
REAR WIPER
X16:3 M5 X16:4
7 5
M

X16:1 1

WINDSCREEN WASHER
M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
REAR WINDOW WASHER M7 X17:2 1
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
HEATING FAN 1
M

X6:11

F7
AIRCONDITION
20A

211284_2old_en

284 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 285

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME- rollers with engine TIER III (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
The description applies for the rollers: ASC 110 from S/N 2822001; ASC130 from S/N 2942001; ASC150 from S/N 2882001
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements, accessories with chair switch)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2,5 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the trav-
el control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
V4-7 - Blocking diode
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

286 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8
Engine connector

4
3
2
1
F11
K10

30A
R3 F10
G1 G2 125A
M1
– + – + Q1 30 31

M
12V 12V
100Ah 100Ah 50

F12
M2 F9
GRD G3
30 I

G
31
S1 50A BAT W K1
V3 50
1
CABUNE LIFTING Y1 3
27
CABINE LOWERING Y2 4
8
1 3

BONET LIFTING Y3 S2 27 4
BONET LOWERING Y4 8

X4:3

X3:2

X3:1
X3:4

X4:4

X2
X6:1 S3
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30 15/54

supply
Radio
E2
50a
FRONT SIDELIGHTS
E3 X10:1 X9:1
F1
E4 E1
TAIL LAMPS
S4 20A
E5 X18:1 X3:5
6
8
2

1 3
E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7
E8 X18:2 X3:6
S5
1 5
REAR LIGHTS E9 X9:7 X10:7
9 10
E14
CABINE ILLUMINATION X10:5 X9:5 F2

FRONT LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR

E10 X10:3 X9:3 Z
10A

E11 X18:3 X3:7

REAR LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR S6 A1
E12 X18:4 H1 S7 2
6 49a 49
X3:8 1 5 8
REAR RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR 7
1
3 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
5
FRONT RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR 10

E15 X27 X5:2

S8
WARNING BEACON 1 5
9 10

H2 X3:9
S9
1 5
HORN

H3 X18:5 X3:10
K2 F3
5 3
BACK UP HORN X11:11 2
2
S11
1 X13:2 X11:2 7.5A

X18:6,7 X13:1 S12 S13 X13:3

K4
NO C NC C 3 5
1 2
S14 X3:11 K3
X11:3

HYDRAULIC FLUID LEVEL 2 1

X13:4

3
2

5 X11:4
K11

3
4
H4
4
1

H5 1 2
K5
X18:8 X5:3 5 3
X4:1 4
9

12
8
safetguard electronics 7

Y6 X4:2
H6
4

BRAKE
5

X33:2

X14:1
Traveling

2
A2

X11:7 X33:1 S22

10 11

3
1
K6

X12:8 X14:8
S35
4
5
2

7
H8
1

5
X6:2
RTM MODULE SOLENOID
6

Y11
4
K8
FAST TRAVELING - LEFT WHEEL Y7 X4:5 3 S16
5 1 X12:2 X14:2 9 10 X13:8 X11:8
Y14 2
FAST TRAVELING - RIGHT WHEEL 1 5
8
2 6 X12:3

FAST TRAVELING - DRUM

Y8 X4:6
R1 X12:4
X14:3
X14:4
X5:4
X12:6

470R
X12:5 X14:5 A2
A3
S17
R2
A1
X14:6 330R A4

X14:7 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18
Y10 1
K7 X11:6 X13:6 S19 X11:5
5 5 3
VIBRATION 2 7 X13:5
X4:8 2 1
H7

BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH

P S21 X5:1
F
D
B
M
K

Е
L

211284_1new_en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 287

23. Electrical schemata

M
K

F
D
B
E
L

X12:1 X7:1
Y13 X7:2
4 2
B A 7 3
SERVO VALVE
C D X7:3 6 A3 5 X7:4 X11:8

X35
A A

X38

X37

C D E F G

A
B B

DIAGNOSTIC
SOCKET

ENGINE
C C

X34
A A
B B F4
A C C A

B
B 1A
B A C
B
X40

X36
C

X39

A3
A2
A4

A1
B3

A4
X6:5

A5
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
G

A6
V6
V7

7
S37
X41:1
R4 5
1 3 1
37

22

6
X41:2 4 2 2 9
F5
47

23

X41:3 10
5A
46

X41:4 K9
X23

2 1
39

11

X41:5 5 3
40

4
1

X41:6
42

34

R6 X41:7 S39
28

24

7 3
10k X41:8 1
32

25

X41:9 H17
50
21

X45:1

X45:3

B2 X6:3 S P2
HYDRAULICS FLUID TEMPERATURE
°C

+
–
R5
P
S27 X6:8 H11 120R
AIR FILTER
P H10
S28 X6:9 H12
HYDRAULICS FLUID FILTER

S29
Z

M3 5 3 X10:6 X9:6 F6
1
M

CABINE FAN 15A

(The machine without aircondition is not with M3, switch S 29 ) X15:1
S30
FRONT WIPER
M4 X15:4 7 5
M

X15:2 1

X16:2
S31
REAR WIPER
X16:3 M5 X16:4
7 5
M

X16:1 1

WINDSCREEN WASHER
M6 X17:1 S32
M M

7 3
REAR WINDOW WASHER M7 X17:2 1
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
HEATING FAN 1
M

X6:11

F7
AIRCONDITION
20A

F8
RESERVE

211284_2new_en

288 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 289

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME- rollers with engine TIER III (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
The description applies for the rollers: ASC 200 to S/N 0148; ASC250 to S/N 0024
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements, accessories with chair switch)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the trav-
el control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
V4-7 - Blocking diode
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

290 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8
Engine connector

4
3
2
1
F11
30A
R3 K10 F10
G1 G2 125A
M1
– + – + Q1 30 31

M
12V 100Ah 12V 100Ah 50

F12
GRD
M2 F9 G3
31 30

–
M

G
50A BAT W K1
V3 50 S1
Y1 1 3
CAB LIFTING
27
CAB LOWERING Y2 4
8
1 3
Y3 S2 2 7
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X2
X3:4
X4:4

X4:3
X3:2
X3:1
X6:1 S3
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30 15/54

put in
Radio
E2
50a
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1
F1
E4
E1 S4 20A
6 2
TAIL LIGHTS E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5
REAR HEADLIGHTS 9 10
E9 X9:7 X10:7
E14
X10:5 X9:5 F2
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10A
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT E10 X10:3 X9:3
Z

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT E11 X18:3 X3:7

S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
7 1
3 5 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT 10
S8
E15 X27 X5:2 1 5
SAFETY BEACON 9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5
HORN
K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
REVERSE ALARM 1 2 S111 7.5A
2 X11:2
X11:1
X18:6,7 S13 X13:2
S12 X13:3 K4
X13:1 NO C NC C 3 5
S14 1 2
X3:11 K3
X11:3

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

X13:4

H4 2 1
5 X11:4
3
2

3
K11

4
4
1

H5 1 K5
X18:8 X5:3 5 2
X4:1 4 3

9
8 12
Y6 X4:2 4
H6
electronics

5
X33:2
X14:1

BRAKE
Travel

2 S22
10 3 X11:7 X33:1
3
1

11
K6
A2

X12:8 X14:8 S35

1 7
4
5
2

5
K8 7 6
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL Y7 X4:5 5 3
Y14 2 1 S16
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL X12:2 9 10 X13:8
X14:2 1 5 X11:8
8
2 6 X14:3
X12:3
R1 X12:4
470R X14:4 A2
X12:6

R2 X12:5 A3 S17
330R X14:5 A4 A1

X14:6 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18 X14:7 K7
X11:6 X13:6 S19
Y10 1 5 5 3 X13:5
VIBRATION 2
7 2 1 H7 X11:5

S21 X4:8
P
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
X5:1
M

C
A
J

B
K
L

F
E
D
I

211365_1old_en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 291

23. Electrical schemata

X20:10,11

G
F
E
D
C
B
A
K
L

H
I

15,29
3
X4:6 6
FAST TRAVEL (DRUM) Y8 X5:4 8

-(24V)
28,42 F4
5 +(24V)
X20:1 26 2 7,5A
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD 40
Y11 X20:2 23
41 H13
X20:3 7
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD
Y12
X20:7 24
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD Y15 X20:4 25

A4
X20:8 27
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD Y16

ATC ELECTRONICS
X20:5 32
A5 X21:1
Y25
SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION B C X21:2

2
3
5
9
A X21:3 16
4(C) X21:4 20
SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED 3(M)
S23 1(H) X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4(C) X21:7
3(M)
SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED S24 1(H) X21:8
31
X21:9 17

5V 1
+

–
4(C) X21:10

14
3(M)
S25 1(H) X21:11
SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

X24:2 X22:2
X24:3

X24:1 X22:1
X12:1
X22:3
X7:1
Y13 4 2
B A X7:2 7 3
SERVOVALVE C D X7:3 6 A3 X11:8
5
X7:4
8
X39

X34
X35
X38

X37

A A A
C DEFG

A
Engine diag.
B B B
C C C
J1939
A A
B B F8
A C C A
B

V6 1A
B B
V7
X36
X40

7
S37
X41:7
R4 5
1 3 1
22 23 9 11
37 47 46 39 40 42 X23

6
X41:8 4 2 2 9 F5
X41:9 10 5A
X41:6 K9
2 1
X41:5 5 3
1 34

4
X41:1
X41:4 S38
1 5
2 24 25 43 44 50

X41:2 S39
ENGINE CONNECTOR

1 3
X41:3 7
4
X42:1 H14 1 P4
h

H15 3
X42:2
28 32

R6 X42:4 H17
10K
B2 P2
X6:3 S
TEMPERATURE OF HYDRAULIC LIQUID
°C

+
–
B3 X6:5 P3 R5
S
FUEL GAUGE
Q

G 12R
P S27 H11 P5
X6:8
AIR FILTER + –
h

P S28 X6:9 H12 H10

HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER
Z

M3 S29 X10:6 X9:6 F6

5 3
1
M

CABIN VENTILATION X15:1

15A

M4 X15:4 S30
7 5
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER
M

X15:2 1
X16:2
REAR WINDSREEN WIPER X16:3 M5 X16:4 S31
7 5
M

X16:1 1

WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT M6 X17:1 S32

M M

7 3
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR M7 X17:2 1
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
FAN OF HEATING
M

1
X6:11
F7
RESERVE FOR AIR CONDITION
20A

211365_2old_en

292 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 293

23. Electrical schemata
WIRING SCHEME- rollers with engine TIER III (4-valve ATC - interaxle differential lock)
The description applies for the rollers: ASC 200 from S/N 2782001; ASC250 from S/N 2792001
Legend:
(the schematic reflects machine version that includes all controlling elements, accessories with chair switch)

A1 - Interrupter of direction lights (op-
tional)
A2 - Electronics safeguard traversing
A3 - Travel control
A4 - Controlling unit of differential lock
(optional)
A5 - Sensor of longitudinal inclination
(optional)
B1 - Sensor of cooling liquid level
B2 - Sensor of hydraulic oil thermometer
B3 - Fuel level sensor
E1 - Instruments illumination
E2, 3 - Front outline lights (optional)
E4, 5 - Tail lights (optional)
E6, 7 - Front headlights
E8, 9 - Rear headlights
E10,11 - Left direction lights (optional)
E12,13 - Right direction lights (optional)
E14 - Cabin illumination
E15 - Safety beacon (optional)
F1-9 - Fuses
F11-16 - Fuses of engine
G1,2 - Batteries
G3 - Alternator
H1 - Indicator of direction lights (option-
al)
H2 - Horn
H3 - Back-up alarm (optional)
H4 - Indicator of hydraulic oil level
H5 - Indicator of neutral position of the
travel control
H6 - Indicator of brake
H7 - Indicator of vibration preselection
H10 - Indicator of charging
H11 - Indicator of air filter clogging
H12 - Indicator of hydraulic filter clogging
H13 - Indicator of differential lock (ATC)
H14 - Stop engine warning lamp - red
H15 - Water in fuel warning lamp
H16 - Engine defect warning lamp - yel-
low
H17 - Maintenance indicator lamp
K1 - Start relay
K2-9 - Auxiliary relay
K10 - Preheating relay
K11 - Auxiliaries relay
M1 - Starter
M2 - Electric motor of hood & cabin lifting
system
M3 - Fan of cabin ventilation
M4 - Front windscreen wiper
M5 - Rear windscreen wiper
M6 - Front windscreen washer
M7 - Rear windscreen washer
M8 - Fan of heating
P2 - Hydraulic oil thermometer
P3 - Fuel gauge
P4 - Speedometer
P5 - Hour counter
Q1 - Battery disconnector
R1,2 - Resistors
R3 - Engine preheating
R4 - Engine speed control
S1 - Push button of cabin lifting system
S2 - Push button of hood lifting system
S3 - Switch box
S4 - Switch of front headlights
S5 - Switch of rear headlights
S6 - Switch of warning lights (optional)
S7 - Change-over switch of direction
lights (optional)
S8 - Switch of safety beacon (optional)
S9 - Push button of horn
S11 - Push button of emergency brake
S12 - Switch of back-up alarm (at the trav-
el control)
S13 - Switch of neutral (at the travel con-
trol)
S14 - Float of the hydraulic oil tank
S15 - Pressure switch of steering
S16 - Switch - fast travel
S17 - Switch - speed preselector
S18 - Change-over switch of vibration
S19 - Switch of vibration (at the travel con-
trol)
S20 - Terminal switch of the gas lever
S21 - Pressure switch of brake
S22 - Chair switch
S23 - Sensor of drum speed (optional)
S24 - Sensor of left wheel speed (option-
al)
S25 - Sensor of right wheel speed (option-
al)
S27 - Underpressure switch of air filter
clogging
S28 - Underpressure switch of hydraulic
filter clogging
S29 - Change-over of cabin ventilation
S30 - Switch of front windscreen wiper
S31 - Switch of rear windscreen wiper
S32 - Push button of windscreen washer
S33 - Change-over switch of fan of heat-
ing
S35 - Parking brake push button
S36 - Limit switch of traction spin of the
drum
S37 - Engine idle speed switch
S38 - Engine diagnostic switch
S39 - Trouble shooting switch
S40 - Water in fuel sensor
V3 - Blocking diode (only machine with
signalling of sound lift cabin)
V4-7 - Blocking diode
X2-24 - Connectors
X25 - Diagnostic socket (optional)
X27 - Socket of safety beacon
X28-33 - Connectors
X34 - Engine diagnostic
X35-40 - Connectors J1939
X41-42 - Connectors
Y1 - Electromagnetic valve cab lifting
Y2 - Electromagnetic valve cab lowering
Y3 - Electromagnetic valve hood lifting
Y4 - Electromagnetic valve hood lower-
ing
Y6 - Electromagnetic valve of brake
Y7 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (left wheel)
Y8 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (drum)
Y9 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration I.
Y10 - Electromagnetic valve of vibration
II.
Y11 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel backward(opt.)
Y12 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - LH wheel forward (opt.)
Y13 - Servovalve of the pump of travel
Y14 - Electromagnetic valve of fast travel
speed (right wheel)
Y15 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel forward (opt.)
Y16 - Electromagnetic valve of differential
lock - RH wheel backward (opt.)

294 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

X8
Engine connector

4
3
2
1
F11
30A
R3 K10 F10
G1 G2 125A
M1
– + – + Q1 30 31

M
12V 100Ah 12V 100Ah 50

F12
GRD
M2 F9 G3
31 30

–
M

G
50A BAT W K1
V3 50 S1
Y1 1 3
CAB LIFTING
27
CAB LOWERING Y2 4
8
1 3
Y3 S2 2 7
HOOD LIFTING 4
Y4 8
HOOD LOWERING

X2
X3:4
X4:4

X4:3
X3:2
X3:1
X6:1 S3
X26:1 X10:9 X9:8 30 15/54

put in
Radio
E2
50a
FRONT OUTLINE LIGHTS E3 X10:1 X9:1
F1
E4
E1 S4 20A
6 2
TAIL LIGHTS E5 X18:1 X3:5 8
1 3
E6 X28 X10:2 X9:2 9 10

FRONT HEADLIGHTS E7
S5
E8 X18:2 X3:6 1 5
REAR HEADLIGHTS 9 10
E9 X9:7 X10:7
E14
X10:5 X9:5 F2
CABIN ILLUMINATION
10A
LEFT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT E10 X10:3 X9:3
Z

LEFT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT E11 X18:3 X3:7

S6 A1
H1 S7 2 6 49a 49
RIGHT REAR DIRECTION LIGHT E12 X18:4 X3:8 1 5 8
7 1
3 5 31
E13 X10:4 X9:4
RIGHT FRONT DIRECTION LIGHT 10
S8
E15 X27 X5:2 1 5
SAFETY BEACON 9 10
S9
H2 X3:9 1 5
HORN
K2 F3
H3 X18:5 X3:10 5 3
REVERSE ALARM 1 2 S111 7.5A
2 X11:2
X11:1
X18:6,7 S13 X13:2
S12 X13:3 K4
X13:1 NO C NC C 3 5
S14 1 2
X3:11 K3
X11:3

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

X13:4

H4 2 1
5 X11:4
3
2

3
K11

4
4
1

H5 1 K5
X18:8 X5:3 5 2
X4:1 4 3

9
8 12
Y6 X4:2 4
H6
electronics

5
X33:2
X14:1

BRAKE
Travel

2 S22
10 3 X11:7 X33:1
3
1

11
K6
A2

X12:8 X14:8 S35

1 7
4
5
2

5
K8 7 6
FAST TRAVEL - LEFT WHEEL Y7 X4:5 5 3
Y14 2 1 S16
FAST TRAVEL - RIGHT WHEEL X12:2 9 10 X13:8
X14:2 1 5 X11:8
8
2 6 X14:3
X12:3
R1 X12:4
470R X14:4 A2
X12:6

R2 X12:5 A3 S17
330R X14:5 A4 A1

X14:6 X12:7
Y9 X4:7
VIBRATION 1 S18 X14:7 K7
X11:6 X13:6 S19
Y10 1 5 5 3 X13:5
VIBRATION 2
7 2 1 H7 X11:5

S21 X4:8
P
PRESSURE SWITCH OF BRAKE
X5:1
M

A
J

B
K
L

F
E
D
I

211365_1new_en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 295

23. Electrical schemata

X20:10,11

G
F
E
D
B
A
K
L

H
I

15,29
3
X4:6 6
FAST TRAVEL (DRUM) Y8 X5:4 8

-(24V)
28,42 F4
5 +(24V)
X20:1 26 2 7,5A
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL BACKWARD 40
Y11 X20:2 23
41 H13
X20:3 7
VALVE OF THE LEFT WHEEL FORWARD
Y12
X20:7 24
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL FORWARD Y15 X20:4 25

A4
X20:8 27
VALVE OF THE RIGHT WHEEL BACKWARD Y16

ATC ELECTRONICS
X20:5 32
A5 X21:1
Y25
SENSOR OF LONGITUDINAL INCLINATION B C X21:2

2
3
5
9
A X21:3 16
4(C) X21:4 20
SENSOR OF DRUM SPEED 3(M)
S23 1(H) X21:5 21
X21:6 18 13
4(C) X21:7
3(M)
SENSOR OF LEFT WHEEL SPEED S24 1(H) X21:8
31
X21:9 17

5V 1
+

–
4(C) X21:10

14
3(M)
S25 1(H) X21:11
SENSOR OF RIGHT WHEEL SPEED

X24:2 X22:2
X24:3

X24:1 X22:1
X12:1
X22:3
X7:1
Y13 4 2
B A X7:2 7 3
SERVOVALVE C D X7:3 6 A3 X11:8
5
X7:4
8
X39

X34
X35
X38

X37

A A A
C DEFG

A
Engine diag.
B B B
C C C
J1939
A A
B B F8
A C C A
B

V6 1A
B B
V7
X36
X40

7
S37
X41:7
R4 5
1 3 1
22 23 9 11
37 47 46 39 40 42 X23

6
X41:8 4 2 2 9 F5
X41:9 10 5A
X41:6 K9
2 1
X41:5 5 3
1 34

4
X41:1
X41:4 S38
1 5
2 24 25 43 44 50

X41:2 S39
ENGINE CONNECTOR

1 3
X41:3 7
4
X42:1 H14 1 P4
h

H15 3
X42:2
28 32

R6 X42:4 H17
10K
B2 P2
X6:3 S
TEMPERATURE OF HYDRAULIC LIQUID
°C

+
–
B3 X6:5 P3 R5
S
FUEL GAUGE
Q

G 12R
P S27 H11 P5
X6:8
AIR FILTER + –
h

P S28 X6:9 H12 H10

HYDRAULIC LIQUID FILTER
Z

M3 S29 X10:6 X9:6 F6

5 3
1
M

CABIN VENTILATION X15:1

15A

M4 X15:4 S30
7 5
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER
M

X15:2 1
X16:2
REAR WINDSREEN WIPER X16:3 M5 X16:4 S31
7 5
M

X16:1 1

WINDSCREEN WASHER FRONT M6 X17:1 S32

M M

7 3
WINDSCREEN WASHER REAR M7 X17:2 1
S33
M8 X6:10 5 3
FAN OF HEATING
M

1
X6:11
F7
RESERVE FOR AIR CONDITION
20A

211365_2new_en

296 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Connection of electromagnetic valves Y7, Y14, Y8, inter - wheel differential lock, without control unit A4.

S16/1,9 F3/OUTPUT K7/5

10
5

2
S36

K8
1

4
1

9
X14:2

V5
X12:2

V4

S18/5
X4:5

X4:6

X5:4
Y14
Y7

Y8
FAST TRAVEL - drum
FAST TRAVEL - right wheel
FAST TRAVEL - left wheel

211141_3en

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 297

298 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

24. Hydraulic

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 299

24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 70/90 - (TWO VALVES ATC - DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:

1 - Pump of travel
2 - Pump of vibration
3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
4 - Hydromotor of vibration
5 - Hydromotor of the wheels drive
8 - Pump of steering
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering
12 - Block of divider
13 - Pressure switch
14 - Suction basket
15 - Block of filtration
16 - Filling socket
17 - Oil level gauge
18 - Cooler combined
19 - Non-return valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Measuring quickcoupler
22 - Filling quickcoupler
23 - Quickcoupler
24 - Quickcoupler
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - Aggregate
27 - Manual pump
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin
31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

300 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 9 11 12

200 R
200 3
L
500
60
140 T 5
P
10

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar
23 60
450
1,1 B
T

24 17bar 1 2 3
P 450
31
10 L
30
6 4,5
15 P1

29
60 A2 B2
21 A
29
P
22 28
A1 B1
24
13 27
P T

21
60 21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
8 bar
P T

345
27 350 35 80
5bar M 100
1,9
55 40�C 55�C
46
350 28
345 �C �C
24

21 1 2 21 4 18

SCH70
WORKSHOP MANUAL

301
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 70-90 (4 VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:

1 - Pump of travel
2 - Pump of vibration
3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
4 - Hydromotor of vibration
5 - Hydromotor of the wheels drive
8 - Pump of steering
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering
13 - Pressure switch
14 - Suction basket
15 - Block of filtration
16 - Filling socket
17 - Oil level gauge
18 - Cooler combined
19 - Non-return valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Measuring quickcoupler
22 - Filling quickcoupler
23 - Quickcoupler
24 - Quickcoupler
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - Aggregate
27 - Manual pump
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin
31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

302 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 R

200
200

500 L
3
T
140 10 60 5
P
10
11

B
9 24 23

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar

60 30
T B

17bar
P 1 2 3
31
10
6 A
P1 4,5 L
15

29
A2 B2
21 60
A 29
P
22 28
A1 B1
24
13
P T
27
21 60 bar

8 21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
P T

27 345
350 80
5bar 1,9 M 100
35 40�C 55�C
55 46 28
24
350
�C
345

21 1 2 21 4 18

396S001
WORKSHOP MANUAL

303
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC70/90 - (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

legend:

1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 - Divider lock
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 - Block of filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
26 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
27 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
31 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

304 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 12

200 R

3
500 200 L
60 5
T

140
P

11

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar
9 30
60
23 450
T 1,1 31
24 P 17bar 1 2 3
450
10
6
bar 4,5

15 P1

29 A2 B2
60
21 29

22 B1
28
A1
24
27
13 60 P T
bar

21 21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
P T
8
27 345
350 80
5bar M 100
1,9
55 35 40�C 55�C
46 �C
350 �C
24 28
345

21 1 2 21 4 18

396S003
WORKSHOP MANUAL

305
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC70-90 (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
for ASC 70 since serial number 444 to 752
for ASC 90 since serial number 127 to 181

legends:

1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 - Brake block
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 - Filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
26 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
27 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
31 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

306 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 11 10

R
200

200 L

500
T 3
140 60

P
5

9 10

5 16 bar
B
15 3,5
2,7

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

B5
B1

B2
12 B4 60

M B3 P
B
P1 15 bar
L
23 T
1 2 3

31
A L 30
24

22 60 29 A2 B2
A

P 29
13 A1 B1 28
24
P T
27
21
60 bar
21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
8 P T

27 80
350
345 5bar 1.9 M
55 46 100

35 40∞C 55∞C
∞C
350 28
24

345

21 1 2 21 4 18

396S04
WORKSHOP MANUAL

307
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC70-90 (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
for ASC 70 since serial number 444 to 752
for ASC 90 since serial number 127 to 181

diagram:

1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Brake block
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 - Divider lock
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 - Filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
26 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
27 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
31 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

308 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 11 12

)(
R
200

)(
)(

)(
200 L
3

500
T
140 60

5
P

)(
)(
15 3,5 2,7 16 bar

)(
B5 B1

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

10 60
B2
B4

M B3 450
1.1
)(

)(
P1 15 bar
23 450 1 2 3

)(
T
31
30

)(
)(
24

)(
22 60 29 A2 B2

29
13 )(

A1 B1
28
)(
24
)(
21 P T 27
)()(

60 bar )(
21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
8 P T

27 345

350 1.9
80
5bar M 100
55 46
35 40∞C 55∞C
28
24 C C
350 345

21 1 2 21 4 18

396S05
WORKSHOP MANUAL

309
24. Hydraulic
Hydraulics - ASC70/90 - Wheel differential lock

for ASC 70 since serial number 753

for ASC 90 since serial number 182

Legend:
1 - Travel hydrogenerator SAUER
2 - Vibration hydrogenerator
3 - Drum travel hydromotor SAUER
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel travel hydromotor SAUER
7 - Divider block HYTOS
8 -Steering hydrogenerator REXROTH
9 - Power-assisted steering REXROTH
10 - Brake block HYTOS
11 - Linear hydromotor - steering AXL SEMILY
12 - Flushing Block HYTOS
13 - Switch 6000 kPa HYTOS
14 - Suction strainer HYTOS
15 - Filter DONALDSON
16 - Filler neck ARGO
17 - Level indicator
18 - Combined cooler EMMEGI
19 - One-way valve (check valve) HYTOS
20 - Thermo-regulator
21 - Quick-coupler for measuring STAUFF
22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male FASTER
23 - Quick-coupler - female FASTER
24 - Quick-coupler - male FASTER
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - SMA 03 lifting unit HYTOS
27 - RC16 manual lifting unit
28 - Lifting block HYTOS
29 - Hydraulic lock HYTOS
30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting AXL SEMILY
31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting AXL SEMILY

310 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 11 7

R
200

200
3
L
500
T
140 60

5
P

9 15 10 16 bar

5
3,5 2,7
B5 B1
B2
B4 P1 B

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

12 22
M B3 60
420
A
P1 15 bar
MB MA

T
B A 13 P

1,1 mm
23 1 2 3
420 31
C

1 MPa
T 30
60 bar

21 24 S

29
60 A2 B2

29

A1 B1
28
24
27
P T

21 8 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
P T

345
80

350
5bar 1.9 M 100
55 46 25
35 40°C 55°C
24 28
°C °C
350
345

1 2 21 4 18

107530
WORKSHOP MANUAL

311
24. Hydraulic
Hydraulics - ASC70/90 - ATC inter-axle lock

for ASC 70 since serial number 753

for ASC 90 since serial number 182

Legend:
1 - Travel hydrogenerator SAUER
2 - Vibration hydrogenerator
3 - Drum travel hydromotor SAUER
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel travel hydromotor SAUER
7 - RTM Module REXROTH
8 - Steering hydrogenerator REXROTH
9 - Power-assisted steering REXROTH
10 - RTM control block HYTOS
11 - Linear hydromotor - steering AXL SEMILY
12 - Brake block HYTOS
13 - Pressure switch HYTOS
14 - Suction strainer HYTOS
15 - Filter DONALDSON
16 - Filler neck ARGO
17 - Level indicator
18 - Cooler combined-type EMMEGI
19 - One-way valve HYTOS
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Quick-coupler for measuring STAUFF
22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male FASTER
23 - Quick-coupler - female FASTER
24 - Quick-coupler - male FASTER
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - SMA 03 lifting unit HYTOS
27 - RC16 manual lifting unit
28 - Lifting block HYTOS
29 - Hydraulic lock HYTOS
30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting AXL SEMILY
31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting AXL SEMILY

312 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 11 7

) (
R
200

) (
) (

) (
3
200 L
500
140 T 60
5
P

9 15 12
10 16 bar S

) (
) (
P1 X B
5

) (
C 3,5 2,7
2 B5 B1 B

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

22 B2 60
1 3 TN
C B4
B A M B3
MB MA P
P1 15 bar
B A 13 T
23 1 2 3

T
31
1 MPa
60 bar
30
A C S

) (
) (
21 24

) (
29
60 A2 B2

29

A1 B1
28
24
)(
27
P T
) ( ) ( ) (

) (

21 8 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
P T
345
80
350 1.9 M
5bar 100
55 46 25
35 40°C 55°C
24 28
350 °C
345 °C

1 2 21 4 18

107531
WORKSHOP MANUAL

313
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT ASC 100

to serial number 208

Legend:
1 Travel pump
2 Vibration pump
3 Travel drum Hydromotor
4 Vibration Hydromotor
5 Wheel Hydromotor
8 Steering pump
9 Power steering unit
10 Brake block
11 Hydraulic steering cylinder
12 Flow divider
14 Suction strainer
15 Filter
16 Filler
18 Combined cooler
19 One - way valve
20 Thermoregulator
21 Test point

314 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

28061

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 315

24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT ASC 100

since serial number 209

Legend:
1 Travel pump
2 Vibration pump
3 Travel drum Hydromotor
4 Vibration Hydromotor
5 Wheel Hydromotor
8 Steering pump
9 Power steering unit
10 Brake block
11 Hydraulic steering cylinder
12 Flow divider
14 Suction strainer
15 Filter
16 Filler
18 Combined cooler
19 One - way valve
20 Thermoregulator
21 Test point

316 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

BĚHOUN
DRUM

RIGHT WHEEL
PRAVÉ KOLO
LEFT WHEEL
LEVÉ KOLO

107117

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 317

24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 110-ASC 150 - (TWO VALVES ATC - DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
-- The connections of hydraulic circuit are identical in both machine types. The only difference is in the type of pumps and hyd-
raulic motors.
-- Machine ASC 110 uses vibration pump 90R042 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M042
-- Machine ASC 150 uses vibration pump 90R055 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M055
-- Moreover, it differs in the set-up of the over-flow valve that controls pressure in the body of the vibration pump, where in ASC
110 pressure has been set to 42 bar, and in ASC 150 to 28 bar. The control pressure in the bodies of travel pumps has been set
in both cases to 22 bars.

Legend:
1 - Pump of travel
*2 - Pump of vibration
**2 - Pump of vibration
*3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
**3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
*4 - Hydromotor of vibration
**4 - Hydromotor of vibration
5 - Hydromotor of the wheels drive
8 - Pump of steering
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering
12 - Block of divider
13 - Pressure switch
14 - Suction basket
15 - Block of filtration
16 - Filling socket
17 - Oil level gauge
18 - Cooler combined
19 - Non-return valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Measuring quickcoupler
22 - Filling quickcoupler
23 - Quickcoupler
24 - Quickcoupler
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - Aggregate
27 - Manual pump
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin
31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

* - ASC 110
** - ASC 150

318 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 9 11 12
T

200 R

3
798 * 60
** 80
150 5
200 L

P 10

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar
23 60
450
1,8 B
T

24 17bar 1 2 3
P 450
31
10 L
30
6 4,5
15 P1

29
60 A2 B2
21 A
29
P
22 28
A1 B1
24
13 27
P T

21
60 21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
8 bar
P T

27 420 * 42 80
400 ** 55 5bar M 100
1,9
75 * 42 40�C 55�C
420 ** 55
400 �C �C
22 * 42
** 28

21 1 2 21 4 18

SCH11
WORKSHOP MANUAL

319
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT ASC 110-150 (ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
•• The connections of hydraulic circuit are identical in both machine types. The only difference is in the type of pumps and hydraulic
motors.
•• Machine ASC 110 uses vibration pump 90R042 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M042
•• Machine ASC 150 uses vibration pump 90R055 and vibration hydraulic motor 90M055
•• Moreover, it differs in the set-up of the over-flow valve that controls pressure in the body of the vibration pump, where in ASC 110
pressure has been set to 42 bar, and in ASC 150 to 28 bar. The control pressure in the bodies of travel pumps has been set in both
cases to 22 bars.

Legend:
1 - Pump of travel
*2 - Pump of vibration
**2 - Pump of vibration
*3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
**3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
*4 - Hydromotor of vibration
**4 - Hydromotor of vibration
5 - Hydromotor of the wheels drive
8 - Pump of steering
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering
13 - Pressure switch
14 - Suction basket
15 - Block of filtration
16 - Filling socket
17 - Oil level gauge
18 - Cooler combined
19 - Non-return valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Measuring quickcoupler
22 - Filling quickcoupler
23 - Quickcoupler
24 - Quickcoupler
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - Aggregate
27 - Manual pump
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin
31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

320 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 T

R
200

798
3
150 200
10 * 60
L ** 80 5
P
10 ASC110*
9 11
B ASC150**
24 23
16bar

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

60
P
30
T
B

P 17bar 1 2 3
31
10
6 A L
P1 4,5
L
15
29
A2 B2
60
21 A 29
P

22 A1 B1 28
24
13 27
60 P T
bar

21
20 19 16 17 26 14
8 P T

27
75 420 * 42
400 5bar 80 100
** 55
1,9 M
�C 40�C 55�C
* 42
420 ** 55 400 �C
22 * 42
** 28

21 1 2 21 4 25 18

282h010
WORKSHOP MANUAL

321
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC110/130/150 (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

diagram:
1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 - Divider lock
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 - Block of filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
26 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
27 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
31 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

322 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 9 11 12

T
R
200

798
3
60
150 200 80*
5

L
ASC110

P
ASC150*
16 Bar

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

23 60

T 1.8 450

17 Bar 450 1 2 3
24 P

10
31
6
30
4,5

P
15

60 29 A2 B2
29
21

22 A1 B1
28
24
13 P T
27

21 21
60 bar

16 17 26 14
20 19 P T
8
420
27 80
400
5bar 1.9 M
75 42 100
63* 40∞C 55∞C
42 63*
∞C ∞C
42
22
420 28* 400

21 1 2 21 4 25 18

282S0016T
WORKSHOP MANUAL

323
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC110/130/150 (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
for ASC 110 since serial number 555 to 1334
for ASC 150 since serial number 430 to 852

diagram:

1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump*
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor**
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 -Brake block
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 - Filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
26 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
27 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
31 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

* Rexroth A10VG 45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10VG 63 for ASC 130/150
Sauer 90R042 for ASC 110
Sauer 90R055 for ASC 130/150

** Rexroth A10FM45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10FM 63 for ASC 130/150
Sauer 90M042 for ASC 110
Sauer 90M055 for ASC 130/150

324 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 T

R
10 ASC110
200
3 ASC130*
798
ASC150**
150 200
60 5
60*
80**
11
10
P

9 B

B1 B2 B4 B3

B5 60

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

T 30
12 16 bar P
B

15 bar
23 M P1

1 2 3

24 31
A L
5
3,5 2,7
L

15
60 29 A2 B2
29
P

A1 B1
22
24 28
P T

13 27
60 bar
21 20 19 16 17 26 14
P T
21

420
350 80
55 bar 1.9 M 100
75 28
40°C 55°C
45 °C °C
420 63* 45
350
63** 42 45*
22 28* 63**
28**

21 1 2 21 8 4 25 18

282010
WORKSHOP MANUAL

325
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC110/130/150 - (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)
for ASC 110 since serial number 555 to 1334
for ASC 150 since serial number 430 to 852

diagram:
1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump*
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor**
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Brake block
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 - Divider lock
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 - Filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
26 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
27 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
31 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

* Rexroth A10VG 45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10VG 63 for ASC 130/150
Sauer 90R042 for ASC 110
Sauer 90R055 for ASC 130/150

** Rexroth A10FM45 for ASC 110

Rexroth A10FM 63 for ASC 130/150
Sauer 90M042 for ASC 110
Sauer 90M055 for ASC 130/150

326 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 T

R 12 3 ASC110
200
ASC130*
798 ASC150**
150 200
60
60* 5
80**
L 11
P

B1 B2 B4 B3
T
B5 60

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16 bar
10 450 30
1.8

15 bar
M P1
23
1 2 3
450
24 31
5
3,5
2,7

60 29 A2 B2
15 29

A1 B1
22
24 28
P T

13 27
60 bar
21 16 17 26
P T
21 19 14
20
420
350 80
5bar 1.9 M 100
75 28
40°C 55°C
45 °C °C
420 63* 350 45
63** 42 45*
22 28* 63**
28**

21 1 2 21 8 4 25 18

282011
WORKSHOP MANUAL

327
24. Hydraulic
Hydraulic circuit – ASC110/130/150 – INTER - Wheel differential lock

for ASC 110 since serial number 1335

for ASC 130 since serial number 128
for ASC 150 since serial number 853

Diagram:
1 - Travel hydrogenerator SAUER
2 - Vibration hydrogenerator
3 - Drum travel hydromotor SAUER
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel travel hydromotor SAUER
7 - Divider block HYTOS
8 -Steering hydrogenerator REXROTH
9 - Power-assisted steering REXROTH
10 - Brake block HYTOS
11 - Linear hydromotor - steering AXL SEMILY
12 - Flushing Block HYTOS
13 - Switch 6000 kPa HYTOS
14 - Suction strainer HYTOS
15 - Filter DONALDSON
16 - Filler neck ARGO
17 - Level indicator
18 - Combined cooler EMMEGI
19 - One-way valve (check valve) HYTOS
20 - Thermo-regulator
21 - Quick-coupler for measuring STAUFF
22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male FASTER
23 - Quick-coupler - female FASTER
24 - Quick-coupler - male FASTER
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - SMA 03 lifting unit HYTOS
27 - RC16 manual lifting unit
28 - Lifting block HYTOS
29 - Hydraulic lock HYTOS
30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting AXL SEMILY
31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting AXL SEMILY

328 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 11 7
T

200 R

798 3
150 ASC 110
60
200 60*
80**
L ASC130*
9
P
5
15
ASC150**
10 P1 X B S
C 5
3,5
2 2,7

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

TN B1 B2 B4 B3 60
1 3
C T
B P B5
MB MA 16 bar P

15 bar
B A
12 M P1
1 2 3

1MPa
T 23 31 30
24 A C S

60 29 A2 B2
29

22 A1 B1 28
24
27
13 P T
21
60 bar

21 16 17 26 14
20 19 P T

80
420 350 28 5 bar 1,9 М 100
75
40°C 55°C
45 °C
420 63* 350 45
63** 42 45* °C
22 28* 63**
28**

1 2 21 8 4 25 18

107556
WORKSHOP MANUAL

329
24. Hydraulic
Hydraulic circuit – ASC110/130/150 - Interaxle differential lock ATC

for ASC 110 since serial number 1335

for ASC 130 since serial number 128
for ASC 150 since serial number 853

Diagram:
1 - Travel hydrogenerator SAUER
2 - Vibration hydrogenerator
3 - Drum travel hydromotor SAUER
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel travel hydromotor SAUER
7 - RTM Module REXROTH
8 - Steering hydrogenerator REXROTH
9 - Power-assisted steering REXROTH
10 - RTM control block HYTOS
11 - Linear hydromotor - steering AXL SEMILY
12 - Brake block HYTOS
13 - Pressure switch HYTOS
14 - Suction strainer HYTOS
15 - Filter DONALDSON
16 - Filler neck ARGO
17 - Level indicator
18 - Cooler combined-type EMMEGI
19 - One-way valve HYTOS
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Quick-coupler for measuring STAUFF
22 - Quick-coupler for filling - male FASTER
23 - Quick-coupler - female FASTER
24 - Quick-coupler - male FASTER
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - SMA 03 lifting unit HYTOS
27 - RC16 manual lifting unit
28 - Lifting block HYTOS
29 - Hydraulic lock HYTOS
30 - Linear hydromotor - cab lifting AXL SEMILY
31 - Linear hydromotor - bonnet lifting AXL SEMILY

330 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 11 7
T

)(
) (
) (
200
ASC 110

) (
798 3 ASC130*
150 200
60
60*
80** ASC150**
L 5
P

15
9

) (

) (
5
3,5

) (
12 2,7
P1 B

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

B1 B2 B4 B3
420 60
T A
MB MA
16 bar B5

15 bar
B A P
M P1

1,8 mm
10 420 1 2 3
C

1 MPa
T 31
23 30

) (
) (
24 S

) (
29 A2 B2
60

29
)(
22 A1 B1 28
)( 24
) ( 27
P T
13 ) ( ) (

60 bar ) (
21 20 19 16 17 26 14
21 P T

80
420 1.9
350 5bar M 100
2200 75 28
RPM 40°C 55°C
45 °C °C
420 63* 350 45
63** 42 45*
22 28* 63**
28**

107555
2 21 8 4 25 18
WORKSHOP MANUAL

331
1
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 200/250 (TWO VALVES ATC - DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:
1 - Pump of travel
2 - Pump of vibration
3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
4 - Hydromotor of vibration
5 - Hydromotor of the wheels drive
8 - Pump of steering
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering
12 - Block of divider
13 - Pressure switch
14 - Suction basket
15 - Block of filtration
16 - Filling socket
17 - Oil level gauge
18 - Cooler combined
19 - Non-return valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Measuring quickcoupler
22 - Filling quickcoupler
23 - Quickcoupler
24 - Quickcoupler
25 - Thermometer sensor
26 - Aggregate
27 - Manual pump
28 - Lifting block
29 - Hydraulic lock
30 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin
31 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

332 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 9 11
12

200 R
200
L

1000 140 T 3
P 110
5

10

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar
23 60
450
1,8 B
T

24 17bar 1 2 3
P 450
31
10 L
30
6 4,5
15 P1

29
60 A2 B2
21 A
29
P
22 28
A1 B1
24
13 27
P T

21
60 21 25 20 19 16 17 26 14
8 bar
P T

27 420 100
100 80
350 5bar M 100
1,9
100 40�C 55�C
420 350 �C
�C
22 34

21 1 2 21 4 18

SCH21
WORKSHOP MANUAL

333
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC 200-250 (FOUR VALVES ATC - INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

Legend:
1 - Pump of travel
2 - Pump of vibration
3 - Hydromotor of the drum drive
4 - Hydromotor of vibration
5 - Hydromotor of the wheels drive
8 - Pump of steering
9 - Power steering unit
10 - Valve ASC
11 - Hydraulic cylinders of steering
13 - Switch
14 - Suction basket
15 - Block of filtration
16 - Filling socket
17 - Oil level gauge
18 - Cooler combined
19 - Non-return valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Measuring quickcoupler
22 - Filling quickcoupler
23 - Quickcoupler
24 - Quickcoupler
25 - Thermometer sensor
27 - Valve plate
28 - Aggregate
29 - Manual pump
30 - Lifting block
31 - Hydraulic lock
32 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the cabin
33 - Hydraulic motor for lifting the hood

334 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 R

200

200

1000
L 3
110
140
T 5
27 11 10
P
10

9 B
24 23

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar
60
P
32
T B

17bar 1 2 3
P
33
10 L
A
6 4,5
L
15 P1

31
60 A2 B2
21 A
31
P
22 30
A1 B1
24
13 29
P T

21
60 21 25 20 19 16 17 28
8 bar 14
P T

43
420 100
80
350 5bar M 100
1,9
100 100 40�C 55�C

420 350 �C
�C
22 26

21 1 2 21 4 18

278h0004
WORKSHOP MANUAL

335
24. Hydraulic
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT - ASC200-250 (INTER - WHEEL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK)

diagram:
1 - Travel pump
2 - Vibration pump
3 - Drive drum hydromotor
4 - Vibration hydromotor
5 - Wheel hydromotors
8 - Steering pump
9 - Power steering unit
11 - Steering hydraulic cylinder
12 - Divider lock
13 - Switch 60 bar
14 - Suction strainer
15 -Block of filter
16 - Filler
17 - Hydraulic tank float
18 - Combined cooler
18 - One-way valve
20 - Thermoregulator
21 - Check point
22 - Quick-release coupling - male
23 - Quick-release coupling - female
24 - Quick-release coupling - male
25 - Temperature sensor
27 - Valve plate
28 - Lifting electro-hydraulic generator SMA03
29 - Lifting hand hydraulic generator RC16
30 - Lifting block
31 - Hydraulic lock
32 - Cabin lifting hydraulic cylinder
33 - Bonnet lifting hydraulic cylinder

336 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 R

L 3
110
140
T 5
27 11 12
P

9 B
24 23

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

16bar
60
P
32
T

17bar 1 2 3
P
33
10
A
6 4,5
L
15 P1

31
60 A2 B2
21 31
22 30
A1 B1
24
13 29
P T

21
60 21 25 20 19 16 17 28
8 bar 14
P T

43
420 100
80
350 5bar M 100
1,9
100 100 55�C 70�C

420 350 �C
�C
22 26

21 1 2 21 4 18

278h005
WORKSHOP MANUAL

337
338 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic

system defects

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 339

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects
Recommended tools for servicing sauer 90 r hydraulic generators and motors

Torque wrench: 5,5 - 300 Nm

Set of open-end wrenches 1 1/16”, 3/8 - 5/16”, 7 mm, 10 - 11 mm
Ring wrench (open-ended) 24 - 27 mm
Wrench hexagonal (imbus) 5 mm
Set of imbus wrenches (internal hex) 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17 mm (metric thread)

Metering devices
Pressure gauge to 6 MPa (60 bar) - 2 pieces (filling pressure)
Pressure gauge to 60 MPa (600 bar) 2 pieces (high pressure loop)

Standard
2 4
Test spots ASC 70/90

Maximal pressure 1
MPa [PSI] 3
Pressure in the circuit of bac-
1 35* [5075]
kward travel
Pressure in the circuit of forward
2 35* [5075]
travel
Pressure in the circuit of vibra-
3 35 [5075]
tion I

4
Pressure in the circuit of vibra-
35 [5075] 5 ASC381
tion II
Pressure in the circuit of stee-
5 14** [2030]
ring
6 Feeding pressure 2,4*** [348]

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
6
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

ASC382

340 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Test spots ASC110/ASC130/ASC150

Maximal pressure
1 2
MPa [PSI]
Pressure in the circuit of bac-
1 42* [6090]
kward travel
Pressure in the circuit of forward
2 42* [6090]
travel
Pressure in the circuit of vibra-
3 4
3 40 [5800]
tion I
Pressure in the circuit of vibra-
4 40 [5800]
tion II
Pressure in the circuit of stee-
5 15** [2175] ASC383
ring
6 Feeding pressure 2,2*** [320]

ASC200/ASC250

Maximal pressure
MPa [PSI]
Pressure in the circuit of bac-
5
1 42* [6090]
kward travel
Pressure in the circuit of forward
2 42* [6090]
travel
Pressure in the circuit of vibra-
3 35 [5075]
tion I
Pressure in the circuit of vibra-
4 35 [5075]
tion II ASC382A
Pressure in the circuit of stee-
5 15** [2175]
ring
6 Feeding pressure 2,2*** [320]

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

6
ASC384

Test spots ASC 70/90, ASC 200/250

Maximal pressure
Vibration hydraulic pump Rexroth
MPa [PSI]
Pressure in the circuit
3 34 [4930]
of vibration I
Pressure in the circuit
4 34 [4930]
of vibration II

1 2
ASC385

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 341

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects
Option

For easy diagnostics of hydraulic loops, the measuring pins are

terminated in the panel and equipped with quick-couplers for
easy and drip-proof connection of measuring devices (thread M
16x2).

ASC 70/90

Maximal pressure 1
MPa [PSI]
1 Pressure in the circuit of backward 2
35* [5075]
travel
3
2 Pressure in the circuit of forward
35* [5075]
travel
4
3 Pressure in the circuit of vibration I 35 [5075]
4 Pressure in the circuit of vibration II 35 [5075] 5
5 Pressure in the circuit of steering 18** [2610]
6 Feeding pressure 2,4*** [348]
ASC386

ASC 200/250

Maximal pressure
MPa [PSI] 6
1 Pressure in the circuit of backward
42* [6090]
travel
2 Pressure in the circuit of forward
42* [6090]
travel
3 Pressure in the circuit of vibration I 35 [5075]
4 Pressure in the circuit of vibration II 35 [5075]
5 Pressure in the circuit of steering 20** [2900]
6 Feeding pressure 2,2*** [320]

ASC387
* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by
up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

342 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Test spots ASC 110/150
For effective tests of hydraulic loops the test spots are accessible
from the dashboard, where quick-couplers have been installed 1
for easy and drop-free connection of metering devices through
threaded holes M 12x1,5. 2
3
Maximal pressure
MPa [PSI]
4
Pressure in the circuit of backward 5
1 42* [6090]
travel 6
Pressure in the circuit of forward
2 42* [6090]
travel
3 Pressure in the circuit of vibration I 40 [5800]
ASC388
Pressure in the circuit of vibration
4 40 [5800]
II
5 Pressure in the circuit of steering 19** [2755]
6 Feeding pressure 2,2*** [320]

* The value will increase by supplementary pressure, i.e., by

up to 3 MPa (435 PSI)
** Total pressure in the return line of steering (supplementary
pressure + flow losses)
*** The value at idle speed [it is higher at maximum speeds;
max. 3.0 MPa (435 PSI).

Inspection and adjustments

Inspection of safety valve for filling pressure

Mark the position of the valve in relation to the cylinder body.
Loosen the counter-nut 1-1/16“, remove safety valve. Check
valve cone and seat. In re-assembly observe the correct position
of the valve to the mark. Tighten the counter-nut with torque
46-55 Nm (34-41 ft lbs).

ASC389

Adjustment of safety valve for filling pressure

Loosen counter-nut 1-1/16“ and turn set-up plug. By turning
c/w the pressure increases, cc/w decreases. Thereafter tighten
counter-nut with torque 46-55 Nm (34-41 ft lbs).

ASC390

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 343

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects
Plugging outlets a and b of the hydraulic generators
Remove high pressure hoses and plug openings A and B with
suitable balls.

A B
ASC391

Safety high pressure valve

The safety high pressure valve is part of the multi-functional
valve, which contains also the by-pass valve.

ASC392

Dividending of the multi-functional valve into.

ASC393

ASC394

344 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Assembly of the multi-functional valve.

ASC395

Adjustment of safety pressure

Turn the screw by the internal hexagonal socket while holding

the middle hexagonal head. Turning c/w the pressure increases,
cc/w decreases. One turn changes pressure by 9,3 MPa (1349
PSI). In the set position hold the set-up screw using key and
tighten counter-nut with torque 16 Nm (12 ft lb). Use same pro-
cedure for the second multi-functional valve.

ASC396

Adjustment of bypass valves, see fig.

By-pass valve is part of the multi-functional valve. Opening and
closing of valves is done with the motors shut down. For the
middle screw of the multi-functional valve use key 1-1/16“, and
for the large screw us key 1-14“. Turn the middle screw 3 turns
cc/w – by-pass valve is open. Do not turn by more than 3.5 turns
- a considerable amount of oil would leak out.

ASC397

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 345

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects
Inspection and adjustment of vibration frequency

Frequency measurement should be performed whi- 1

le the machine is running at maximum RPM with the
engine warmed up to the running temperature and
with hydraulic oil minimum temperature of 50 °C
(122 °F).
Before setting frequency, check and set engine RPM
according to the Table and then set the revolution
counter.
The engine should be warmed to running tempera-
ture while you are setting the engine.
282D0006A

Adjust max. speed of the engine / for engine TIER I

Measure max. speed of engine by means of the stroboscope or
multimeter (1). The machine without load.

Note
Electric wiring for the revolution counter is always led and end-
ed under the instrument panel and it can be used for connect- 1
ing the multimeter for check-up of engine revolutions instead
of the stroboscope.

Adjust with regulating bolt 1 of injections pump.

Machine RPM Engine 282D0001

ASC 70 - ASC 90 2200+30 B3.9-C99
ASC 110 2300+50 B5.9-C148 A
ASC 150 2250+30 B5.9-C148
ASC 200 - ASC 250 2500+30 B5.9-C200

Check measured RPM to the revolution counter. If necessary, set

the counter after lifting off the instrument panel from the bot-
tom using adjusting screw A.

ASC398

Adjusting max. Revolution of engine Tier 2 B4.5-C99

(ASC 70-90)
Start the engine and set maximum 2200+30 revolutions – check
it using a stroboscope or with a multimeter connected to the 1
supply line to the revolution counter

Note:
Electric wiring for the revolution counter is always led and end-
ed under the instrument panel and it can be used for connect-
ing the multimeter for check-up of engine revolutions instead
of the stroboscope.

282D0006A

346 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
If the measured revolutions are different adjust max. speed with
the bolt (1).

282D0009A

Check measured RPM of engine with the revolution counter. If

necessary, set the counter after lifting off the instrument panel A
from the bottom using adjusting screw A.

Note:
RPM of engines:
QSB5.9-C155 TIER II for rollers ASC 110-ASC 150
QSB 5.9-C205 TIER II for rollers ASC 200-ASC 250
are controlled by ECM (electronic control module) of the engine.
They are set by the manufacturer and it is nor necessary to set ASC398
them again.
Adjust frequency vibration
Place sensor 2 of the instrument 1 to the damping plate of the 2
drum and measure the frequency.

ASC399

If the frequency differs from that specified in this manual, adjust

it by means of the adjusting screws on the pump of vibration.

Adjust with the engine off!!!

Machine ASC 70 ASC 90 ASC 110 ASC 150 ASC 200 ASC 250
Highamplitude Hz [VPM] 30 [1800] 30 [1800] 32 [1920] 29 [1740] 28 [1680] 28 [1680]
Lowamplitude Hz [VPM] 40 [2400] 40 [2400] 35 [2100] 35 [2100] 34 [2040] 34 [2040]

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 347

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects
ASC 110/150
ASC 200/250
A
Loose the lock nut (2) and using the screwdriver turn the adjust-
ing screws (1) (unscrewing means higher frequency and oppo-
site).
The upper screw “A“ adjusts frequency of the high amplitude.
The lower screw „B“ adjusts frequency of the low amplitude.
Do not adjust higher frequency than that specified by manufac-
turer. Do not switch the frequencies - the lower frequency must
comply with the higher amplitude and opposite. Manufacturer 2
adjusts the lower frequency and the higher amplitude at the
same direction as if the roller travels forward.
1 B
ASC400

ASC 70/90
The frequency of high amplitude vibration is adjusted by the
lower screw (2) only. Loosen safety screw (3) and using wrench
turn the set-up screw (2), adjust to required value, and tighten
safety screw. Frequency increases with the screw being turned
ccw, and vice versa.

3
2

ASC401

Adjust with the engine off!!!

! NOTE !
The zero position of the hydraulic generator power
cylinder has been adjusted by the manufacturer on
the upper screw (1). Any handling of this screw is
not permitted.
The frequency meter may be ordered from the anu-
facturer or your dealer.
ASC402

348 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Releasing transmission and wheel hydraulic mo-
tor brakes

ASC 110/150 - Release hose 4 and quick-coupling 3 in clamp 5. 5

4 3

ASC403

ASC 110/150 - Disconnect quick-coupling 2 of hose 1 from

pressure filter to hydraulic tank.

ASC404

ASC 110/150 - Quick-couple hose 4 to the manual hydraulic

generator with quick-coupling 2 on hose 1.

3
1

ASC405

ASC 70/90
ASC 200/250
1
Release hose 4 by quick coupler 3 in clamp 5.
Disconnect hose 1 from pressure filter to hydraulic tank in quick
coupler 2. 2

3 4
ASC406

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 349

25. Diagnostics of hydraulic system defects
ASC 70/90
ASC 200/250
Connect quick coupler 3 on hose 4 to manual hydraulic genera- 4
tor with quick coupler 2 in hose 1.
2
6

ASC407

ASC 70/90
ASC 200/250
Then short-circuit hydraulic travel loop. Two multi-purpose safe-
ty valves are located on the hydraulic travel generator. Unscrew
middle section (1) from the valves [hexagonal 27 mm (11/16”)]
by three turns cc/w.

1 1

ASC408

Turn key in switch box to position I.

RPM x 100

J1939

0 I
II

282N084T

Insert lever in the manual hydraulic generator and start pump-

ing, until brake indicator goes off.

Brakes of the machine have been released for towing. 1 ASC409

350 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Before you release the brakes, wedge the

both drums against any spontaneous
movement of the machine thereafter.
When towing the roller, check, if the
brakes do not get warm because of in-
sufficient releasing. When the brakes
of gears, hydromotors are released and
the hydraulic circuit short-circuited, no
braking system is available! All the serv-
ice, emergency and parking brakes are
out of operation!
Do not start the engine during towing.
For towing use undamaged ropes or tow
bars of sufficient capacity 1.5 x higher
than the weight of the towed vehicle. Do
not use a chain for towing!
Nobody may be on the vehicle that is be-
ing towed with non-functioning motor.
It is necessary to maintain the minimal
deviation from the direct towing angle.
Maximum deviation is possible within
30°.
Smooth and constant movement must
be maintained in towing. Do not exceed
towing speed by more than 2 km/hour
(1.2 mph) and do not tow for more than
300 m (0.19 miles)
The towing machine should correspond
by its size to the damaged machine.
It must have sufficient towing power,
weight and braking effect.
When towing down hill an additional
machine must be attached to the rear
end of the machine. This way it is possi-
ble to prevent an inadvertent movement
of the damaged machine.
These are general requirements for a
safe towing of the machine under nor-
mal conditions. Any possibly different
situation that could occur during towing
must be consulted with the dealer
When towing is completed, return the
machine into its original shape.
When finished with towing, wedge both
drums and wheels and prevent sponta-
neous movement.

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 351

352 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

26. Check the tightening

of bolted connections

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 353

26. Check the tightening of bolted connections
•• Confirm regularly that no loosening of bolted connections has occurred.
•• Use the torque spanners to do the tightening.

TIGHTENING MOMENT TIGHTENING MOMENT

For the screws For the screws For the screws For the screws
8,8 (8G) 10,9 (10K) 8,8 (8G) 10,9 (10K)
Worm Nm lb-ft Nm lb-ft Worm Nm lb-ft Nm lb-ft
M6 10 7,4 14 10,3 M18x1,5 220 162,2 312 230,1
M8 24 25,0 34 25,0 M20 390 287,6 550 405,6
M8x1 19 14,0 27 19,9 M20x1,5 312 230,1 440 324,5
M10 48 35,4 67 49,4 M22 530 390,9 745 549,4
M10x1,25 38 28,0 54 39,8 M22x1,5 425 313,4 590 435,1
M12 83 61,2 117 86,2 M24 675 497,8 950 700,6
M12x1,25 66 48,7 94 69,3 M24x2 540 398,2 760 560,5
M14 132 97,3 185 136,4 M27 995 733,8 1400 1032,5
M14x1,5 106 78,2 148 109,1 M27x2 795 586,3 1120 826,0
M16 200 147,5 285 210,2 M30 1350 995,7 1900 1401,3
M16x1,5 160 118,0 228 168,1 M30x2 1080 796,5 1520 1121,0
M18 275 202,8 390 287,6
The figures given in the chart are torques at dry thread (with coefficient of friction = 0,14). These figures do not apply to a lubricated
thread.

Chart showing the torques for cap nuts with sealing “O” ring – hoses
Tightening moments for the sliding nuts with the tightening circle „O“ - hoses
Nm lb ft
Size
Worm Hose Nominal Min Max Nominal Min Max
spanner
14 12x1,5 6 20 15 25 15 11 18
17 14x1,5 8 38 30 45 28 22 33
8
19 16x1,5 45 38 52 33 28 38
10
10
22 18x1,5 51 43 58 38 32 43
12
24 20x1,5 12 58 50 65 43 37 48
14
27 22x1,5 74 60 88 55 44 65
15
30 24x1,5 16 74 60 88 55 44 65
32 26x1,5 18 105 85 125 77 63 92
20
36 30x2 135 115 155 100 85 114
22
41 25
36x2 166 140 192 122 103 142
46 28
50 42x2 30 240 210 270 177 155 199
45x2 35 290 255 325 214 188 240
50 38
52x2 330 280 380 243 207 280
42

354 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Chart showing the torques for necks with sealing edge, or Chart showing the torques for plugs with flat gasket
with flat gasket
Tightening moments for the necks Tightening moments for the plugs
G -M Nm lb ft G -M Nm lb ft
G 1/8 25 18 G 1/8 15 11
G 1/4 40 30 G 1/4 33 24
G 3/8 95 70 G 3/8 70 52
G 1/2 130 96 G 1/2 90 66
G 3/4 250 184 G 3/4 150 111
G1 400 295 G1 220 162
G 11/4 600 443 G 11/4 600 443
G 11/2 800 590 G 11/2 800 590

10 x 1 25 18 10 x 1 13 10
12 x 1,5 30 22 12 x 1,5 30 22
14 x 1,5 50 37 14 x 1,5 40 30
16 x 1,5 60 44 16 x 1,5 60 44
18 x 1,5 60 44 18 x 1,5 70 52
20 x 1,5 140 103 20 x 1,5 90 66
22 x 1,5 140 103 22 x 1,5 100 74
26 x1,5 220 162 26 x1,5 120 89
27 x 1,5 250 184 27 x 1,5 150 111
33 x 1,5 400 295 33 x 1,5 250 184
42 x 1,5 600 443 42 x 1,5 400 295
48 x 1,5 800 590 48 x 1,5 500 369

M-G
M-G M-G

282N221T 282N222T

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 355

356 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250
 WORKSHOP MANUAL

27. Hand Signals

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 357

26. Check the tightening of bolted connections
Signals given by an assistant operator if the operator cannot see
the travelling or working area or machine work devices.

GENERAL COMMAND SIGNALS

Stop
One arm upright with open palm in Operator’s direction, second
arm akimbo

STOP

Sig. 1

Attention
Both arms sideways raised horizontally – palms forward.

! Sig. 2

Attention, Hazard
Oscillating motion of both arms with forearms from horizontally
sideways raised position into position of arms sideways raised –
bent, and back again.

! Sig. 3

SIGNALS TO DRIVE

Depart with the Machine

One arm raised – bent with open palm, long motion by forearm
in direction of the motion required, second arm akimbo.

Sig. 4

358 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL
Slow drive forward – towards me
Both arms abreast bent raised with palms towards the body –
short oscillating movements by forearm towards the body and
back again.

Sig. 5

Slow drive backward – away from me

Both arms abreast bent raised with palms away from the body
- short oscillating movements by forearm away from the body
and back again..

Sig. 6

RH drive
Left arm sideways raised, right arm akimbo.

Sig. 7

LH drive
Right arm sideways raised, left arm akimbo.

Sig. 8

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 359

26. Check the tightening of bolted connections
Short movement
Both arms lifted forward, bent. Indicate distance “X“ between
palms, the follows the signal to move.

X
Sig. 9

Engine start
Circular motion by right hand forearm with palm tightly closed.

Sig. 10

Engine cut off

Oscillating movement made by right hand sideways raised in
front of the body, pointing to the sides.

Sig. 11

360 ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250

 WORKSHOP MANUAL

Notes

ASC 70 / 90 / 100 / 110 / 130 / 150 / 200 / 250 361

Notes
Ammann Schweiz AG Ammann Verdichtung GmbH Rammax Maschinenbau GmbH Ammann Czech Republic a.s.
Eisenbahnstrasse 25 Josef-Dietzgen-Strasse 36 Gutenbergstrasse 33 Náchodská 145
CH-4901 Langenthal D-53773 Hennef D-72555 Metzingen CZ-54901 Nové Město nad Metují

www.ammann-group.com Printed in Czech Republic